Canon PIXMA TS8150 User manual

Canon PIXMA TS8150 User manual

TS8100 series

Online Manual

Basic Operation

Network

Maintenance

Overview of the Machine

Information about Paper

Printing

Copying

Scanning

Frequently Asked Questions

List of Support Code for Error

English

Contents

Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Basic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Printing Photos from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Printing Photos from Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Printing a Disc Label from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Copying a Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Another Printer Found with Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Printable Disc, Memory Card, etc.. . . . . 63

Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Loading Paper in the Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Loading Paper in the Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Before Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Setting the Ink Tank to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Device user settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Execute Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Tiling/Poster Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Quick Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Main tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Page Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Maintenance tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Disc Label Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Copying Label Side of Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless LAN Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Network Key Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings. . . . . . . . . . . 397

Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

No Ink Comes Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Power Does Not Come On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Power Shuts Off By Itself. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

An Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458

1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478

5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

Using Online Manual

Operating Environment

Symbols Used in This Document

Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)

Printing Online Manual

Trademarks and Licenses

Screenshots in This Manual

10

Symbols Used in This Document

Warning

Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Caution

Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Important

Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product, be sure to read these indications.

Note

Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.

Basics

Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.

Note

• Icons may vary depending on your product.

11

Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)

For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click" with "press and hold."

12

Trademarks and Licenses

• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.

• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.

• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.

• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. macOS is a trademarks of Apple Inc.

• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.

• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Play, Google Drive,

Google Apps and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.

• Adobe, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.

• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.

Note

• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.

Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS

OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO

EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR

PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF

LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR

OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF

THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

13

Apache License

Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions.

"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by

Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means

(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this

License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,

Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to

Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a

Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

14

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the

Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:

1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and

2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and

3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and

4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that

You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such

NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative

Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.

You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with

Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

15

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT

WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this

License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,

You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,

You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other

Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----

Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University

Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000

Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California

All Rights Reserved

Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of

CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission.

CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES

WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR

PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc

All rights reserved.

16

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''

AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO

EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR

BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER

IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING

IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF

SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All rights reserved.

17

Use is subject to license terms below.

This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.

Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun

Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''

AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''

AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

18

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and

Telecommunications.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''

AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]

Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO

EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

19

SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR

BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER

IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING

IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF

SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS

OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO

EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR

PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF

LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR

OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF

THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

20

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

LEADTOOLS

Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.

CMap Resources

-----------------------------------------------------------

Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.

All rights reserved.

Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND

CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,

INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR

CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT

NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;

LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)

HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR

OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS

SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

-----------------------------------------------------------

21

MIT License

Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR

COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER

IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.

COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.

On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software.

THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.

IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND

CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY

PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

(1) Red Hat Incorporated

Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.

This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of

MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express permission of Red Hat, Inc.

(2) University of California, Berkeley

Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

22

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR

ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;

LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON

ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING

NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,

EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.

(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"

AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR

SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER

CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF

THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

23

Basic Operation

Printing Photos from a Computer

Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet

Copying

Printing Photos from Memory Card

Printing a Disc Label from a Computer

Copying a Disc Label

24

Printing Photos from a Computer

This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden.

1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).

2. Open the feed slot cover (C).

3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.

25

5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.

After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then select Register.

26

7. Click the My Image Garden icon (F) in Quick Menu.

The Guide Menu screen is displayed.

Note

• The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/ scanner and the installed applications.

8. Click the Photo Print icon (G).

9. Click the folder (H) with photos you want to print.

10. Click the photos (I) you want to print.

For Windows:

To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.

For Mac OS:

To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.

27

11. Click Print (J).

12. Specify the number of copies, etc.

For Windows:

Specify the number of copies, your printer name, media type, etc.

For Mac OS:

Specify the number of copies.

13. Start printing.

For Windows:

Click Print.

For Mac OS:

Click Print.

When the Print dialog starts, specify your printer name, paper size, etc., then click Print.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will start.

Note

• My Image Garden lets you use images on your computer, such as photos taken with a digital camera, in a number of ways.

• For Windows:

My Image Garden Guide

• For Mac OS:

My Image Garden Guide

• If your printer is not displayed on Mac OS, the AirPrint setting in My Image Garden may not be correct.

For details on how to set correctly, refer to a heading for AirPrint-enabled Printer on below page.

28

Making Settings According to Printer Status

29

Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet

This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.

For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.

Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY

1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).

2. Open the feed slot cover (C).

3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.

30

5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.

After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on the LCD.

6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then select Register.

31

7. Start (Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.

8. Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.

The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.

9. Select a photo.

You can also select multiple photos at once.

10. Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.

11. Select Print.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will start.

32

Copying

This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.

1. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.

2. Remove the cassette cover (B).

3. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.

33

4. Align the paper guides (C) with the paper length and width.

5. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.

After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the size of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, and then select Register.

34

7. Select Copy (D) on the HOME screen.

8. Select Standard copy.

9. Open the document cover (E).

10. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the alignment mark (F).

35

11. Close the document cover.

12. Confirm the paper settings, then press the Black button (G) or Color button (H).

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then copying will start.

Important

• Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.

Note

• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient copy features.

Copying

36

Printing Photos from Memory Card

This section describes how to print photos on a memory card.

1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).

2. Open the feed slot cover (C).

3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.

37

5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.

After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then select Register.

38

7. Insert the memory card.

* The figure below shows the SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card as an example.

Note

• For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC/SDXC, see below.

Inserting the Memory Card

8. Flick right and left through the photos (F) and select one.

9. Confirm the paper settings, then press the Color button (G).

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will start.

Important

• Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged.

Note

• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.

Printing Photo Data

39

Printing a Disc Label from a Computer

This section describes how to print photos on a printable disc with My Image Garden.

Important

• Do not attach the disc tray until the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed. Doing so can damage the printer.

1. Click the My Image Garden icon (A) in Quick Menu.

The Guide Menu screen is displayed.

Note

• The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/ scanner and the installed applications.

2. Click the Disc Label icon (B).

3. Specify the theme, Paper Size, etc. (C).

40

4. Click OK (D).

5. When a dialog screen is displayed, click OK.

6. Click Add Image (E), then select photos to print onto the disc label.

Note

• The layout may not be as expected depending on the photo information or analysis results of the selected images.

7. Edit the disc label (F).

You can change the background or add texts.

• For Windows:

My Image Garden Guide

• For Mac OS:

My Image Garden Guide

8. Click Print (G).

41

9. Specify the number of copies, etc.

For Windows:

Specify the number of copies, your printer name, etc.

For Mac OS:

Specify the number of copies.

10. Start printing.

For Windows:

Click Print.

For Mac OS:

Click Print.

When the Print dialog starts, specify your printer name, etc., then click Print.

11. When the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed, open the operation panel (H), and then pick out the disc tray from the disc tray storage compartment (I).

42

12. Place the printable disc with the printable surface facing up on the disc tray.

13. Insert the disc tray into the disc tray guide.

Insert the disc tray straight until the white line on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow ( ) on the disc tray.

14. Start printing.

For Windows:

Click Start Printing on the dialog screen.

For Mac OS:

Select OK on the touch screen of the printer.

The disc tray is drawn into the printer, then printing will start.

After printing is complete, pull the disc tray out from the printer.

Note

• My Image Garden enables you to print photos onto the disc label with various layouts.

• For Windows:

My Image Garden Guide

• For Mac OS:

My Image Garden Guide

• If your printer is not displayed on Mac OS, the AirPrint setting in My Image Garden may not be correct.

For details on how to set correctly, refer to a heading for AirPrint-enabled Printer on below page.

Making Settings According to Printer Status

43

Copying a Disc Label

This section describes how to copy the label of an existing disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) and print it on a printable disc.

1. Select Copy (A) on the HOME screen.

2. Select Disc label (B).

3. Specify the print area of the printable disc as necessary.

Select Outer circle or Inner circle (C), specify the print area, then select OK (D).

44

4. Specify the amount of ink (E).

If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink..

5. Open the document cover (F).

6. Load the copy source (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) WITH ITS LABEL SIDE DOWN on the platen glass.

7. Close the document cover.

8. Select OK on the touch screen.

9. Confirm the print settings, then touch the Black button (G) or Color button (H).

The message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed.

45

10. When the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed, open the operation panel (I), and then pick out the disc tray from the disc tray storage compartment (J).

11. Place the printable disc with the printable surface facing up on the disc tray.

12. Insert the disc tray into the disc tray guide.

Insert the disc tray straight until the white line on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow ( ) on the disc tray.

46

13. Select OK on the touch screen.

The disc tray is drawn into the printer, then copying will start.

After copying is complete, pull the disc tray out from the printer.

Important

• Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.

Note

• Your printer is equipped with many other disc label print features.

For details, refer to the Online Manual.

Disc Label Printing

47

Network

Available Connection Methods

The following connection methods are available on the printer.

• Wireless Connection

Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.

If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.

◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.

◦ You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer.

◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.

• Wireless Direct

Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.

◦ While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.

◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the

Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.

◦ In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.

◦ Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol are specified automatically.

Note

• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB

cable. For details, see Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN

Connection

.

Network Connection Settings/Setup

Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.

For more on setup procedure, click here.

Changing Network Settings

See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.

• To change network connection method:

48

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Changing Connection Mode

• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection

• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:

Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct

IJ Network Device Setup Utility

IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download

IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

For Windows

For Mac OS

• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)

For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)

• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/Mac OS)

You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

◦ For Windows:

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)

◦ For Mac OS:

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Mac OS)

Network Connection Tips

See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.

Network Connection Tips

Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser

Troubleshooting

See Network Settings and Common Problems

for troubleshooting on network connection.

Notice/Restriction

See below for details.

• Restrictions on network settings:

Restrictions

• Notices when printing using web service:

Notice for Web Service Printing

49

Restrictions

When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.

If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.

Connect via wireless router

• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings, see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a wireless router.

• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of network devices vary depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your network device or contact its manufacturer.

• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.

• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."

The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.

• For office use, consult your network administrator.

• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be disclosed to a third party.

Wireless Direct

Important

• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in

Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.

• When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.

• To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the device.

For details on checking or changing wireless router settings, see the router manual or contact its manufacturer.

• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.

50

• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.

If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.

• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.

• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.

• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.

51

Network Connection Tips

Default Network Settings

Another Printer Found with Same Name

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN

Connection

Printing Network Settings

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

52

Default Network Settings

LAN Connection Defaults

Item Default

WLAN active/inactive

SSID

Wireless LAN security

Inactive

BJNPSETUP

Disable

IP address (IPv4)

IP address (IPv6)

Set printer name*

Enable/disable IPv6

Enable/disable WSD

Timeout setting

Enable/disable Bonjour

Service name

LPR protocol setting

RAW protocol

LLMNR

Enable

Active

PictBridge communication Enable

Auto setup

Auto setup

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Enable

Enable

15 minutes

Enable

Canon TS8100 series

Enable

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.

LAN settings

Wireless Direct Defaults

Item Default

SSID (Identifier for wireless direct) DIRECT-abXX-TS8100series *1

Password

YYYYYYYYYY *2

Wireless LAN security WPA2-PSK (AES)

Wireless Direct device name

DIRECT-abXX-TS8100series *1

Connection request confirmation Displayed

53

*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)

*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.

54

Another Printer Found with Same Name

When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen.

Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.

• For Windows:

Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.

• For Mac OS:

The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by

Bonjour.

Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.

Note

• Serial number may not appear on result screen.

Check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by one of the following methods.

• Display on the touch screen.

MAC address

LAN settings

Serial number

System information

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

55

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to

LAN Connection

For Windows:

For Mac OS:

For Windows:

To add a computer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

For Mac OS:

To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup from the web page.

56

Printing Network Settings

Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.

Important

• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2.

Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

3. Select "Network status" on the touch screen.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Check message and select Yes.

5. Select Print details.

6. Select Yes.

The printer starts printing the network setting information.

The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)

Item Number

Item Description Setting

1 Product Information Product information –

1-1

1-2

1-3

2

Product Name

ROM Version

Serial Number

Product name

ROM version

Serial number

XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX

Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics ―

57

3-2-5

3-2-6

3-2-7

3-2-8

3-2-9

3-2-10

3-2-11

3-2-12

3-2

3-2-1

3-2-2

3-2-3

3-2-4

2-1

2-2

2-3

3

3-2-13

3-2-14

3-2-15

3-2-16

3-2-17

3-2-18

3-2-19

3-2-20

Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result

Result Codes Result codes

Result Code Details Result code details

Wireless LAN Wireless LAN

Infrastructure

Signal Strength

Link Quality

Frequency

MAC Address

Infrastructure

Signal strength

Link quality

Frequency

MAC address

Connection

SSID

Channel

Encryption

WEP Key Length

Authentication

TCP/IPv4

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

TCP/IPv6

Link Local Address

Subnet mask

Default gateway

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

TCP/IPv6

Link local address

Enable/Disable

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Link local prefix length XXX Link Local Prefix

Length

Stateless Address1

XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX http://canon.com/ijnwt

Enable/Disable

Enable/Disable

0 to 100 [%]

0 to 100 [%]

XX (GHz)

XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

Connection status

SSID

Channel

Encryption method

Active/Inactive

Wireless LAN SSID

XX (1 to 13)

None/WEP/TKIP/AES

WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64

Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK

TCP/IPv4 Enable

IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Stateless Prefix

Length1

Stateless Address2

Stateless address 1

Stateless prefix length

1

XXX

Stateless address 2

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

58

3-2-21

3-2-22

3-2-23

3-2-24

3-2-25

3-2-26

3-2-27

3-2-28

3-2-29

3-2-33

3-2-34

3-3

3-3-1

3-3-2

3-3-3

3-3-4

3-3-5

3-3-6

3-3-7

3-3-8

3-3-9

3-3-10

3-3-11

MAC Address

Connection

SSID

Password

Channel

Encryption

Authentication

TCP/IPv4

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Stateless Prefix

Length2

Stateless Address3

Stateless Prefix

Length3

Stateless Address4

Stateless Prefix

Length4

Default Gateway1

Default Gateway2

Default Gateway3

Default Gateway4

IPsec

Security Protocol

Access Point Mode

Stateless prefix length

2

XXX

Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Stateless prefix length

3

XXX

Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Stateless prefix length

4

XXX

Default gateway 1

Default gateway 2

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Default gateway 3

Default gateway 4

IPsec setting

Security method

Operation mode for

Wireless Direct

MAC address

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Active

ESP/ESP & AH/AH

Enable/Disable

Connection status

SSID

Password

XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

Active/Inactive

Wireless Direct SSID

Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)

Channel

Encryption method

3

AES

Authentication method WPA2-PSK

TCP/IPv4

IP address

Subnet mask

Default gateway

Enable

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

59

3-3-12

3-3-13

3-3-14

5-6

5-7

5-9

5-10

5-1

5-4

5-5

3-3-15

3-3-16

5

5-11

5-12

5-13

5-14

5-15

5-16

5-17

5-18

5-19

5-20

TCP/IPv6

Link Local Address

TCP/IPv6

Link local address

Enable/Disable

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Link local prefix length XXX Link Local Prefix

Length

IPsec

Security Protocol

Other Settings

Printer Name

WSD Printing

WSD Timeout

IPsec setting

Security method

Other settings

Active

Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)

WSD printing setting Enable/Disable

Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]

LPD Printing

RAW Printing

Bonjour

Bonjour Service

Name

LLMNR

LPD printing setting Enable/Disable

RAW printing setting Enable/Disable

Bonjour setting Enable/Disable

Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)

LLMNR setting Enable/Disable

SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable

PictBridge Commun.

PictBridge Communication

Enable/Disable

DNS Server

Primary Server

Obtain DNS server address automatically

Auto/Manual

Primary server address

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Secondary Server Secondary server address

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Proxy server setting Enable/Disable Proxy Server

Proxy Address

Proxy Port

Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1)

Proxy address

Proxy port specification

Certificate fingerprint(SHA-1)

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

1 to 65535

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

60

6

6-1

6-2

6-3

5-21

6-4

6-5

7

7-1

7-2

7-3

Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)

Bluetooth

Certificate fingerprint(SHA-256)

Bluetooth settings

Bluetooth Setting Bluetooth

Bluetooth PIN Code Bluetooth PIN code

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

Enable/Disable

XXXXXXXX

Bluetooth Device Address

Bluetooth device address of the printer

XXXXXXXX

Peer Device Address Device address of paired device

Bluetooth Device

Name

Printer Log Service

Bluetooth device name of the printer

Printer log service

Unsent Usage Logs

XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX

Number of unsent usage logs

0 to 200

Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage log was sent

XXXXXXXX

Point Service Registration status of

Ikkyu

Active/Awaiting Activation/No Active Service

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

61

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Follow either procedure below to change wireless LAN connection method (infrastructure or Wireless

Direct).

For Windows:

◦ Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

Important

• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

If the HOME screen is not displayed, touch the HOME button.

2. Select "Network status" on the touch screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Check message and select Yes.

4. Select LAN settings.

5. Select Wireless LAN.

6. Select Wireless LAN setup.

7. Select Easy wireless connect.

8. Check message and select Yes.

Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.

9. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.

For Mac OS:

Redo setup from the web page.

62

Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Printable Disc, Memory Card, etc.

Loading Paper

Placing a Printable Disc

Loading Originals

Inserting the Memory Card

Replacing Ink Tanks

63

Loading Paper

Paper Sources

Loading Paper in the Rear Tray

Loading Paper in the Cassette

Loading Envelopes

64

Paper Sources

The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).

You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.

Supported Media Types

You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

Note

• When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality.

For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.

Loading Paper in the Rear Tray

Loading Paper in the Cassette

Loading Envelopes

65

Loading Paper in the Rear Tray

You can load plain paper or photo paper.

You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.

Loading Envelopes

Important

• If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial print, it can cause paper jams.

Note

• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.

For details on the Canon genuine paper, see

Supported Media Types

.

• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour

Paper SAT213.

For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see

Supported Media Types .

1. Prepare paper.

Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.

Note

• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams.

• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat.

For details on how to flatten curled paper, see

Check3

in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is

Scratched

.

2. Load paper.

1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).

66

2. Open the feed slot cover (C).

3. Slide the paper guides to open them, and load the paper in the center of the rear tray WITH

THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.

Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.

67

Important

• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (F) can cause paper jams.

Note

• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).

5. Close the feed slot cover (H) gently.

Important

• If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.

68

After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then select Register.

When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

Note

• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or the computer.

• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings

(how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.

• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.

69

Loading Paper in the Cassette

You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

Note

• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.

• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour

Paper SAT213.

For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see

Supported Media Types .

1. Prepare paper.

Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.

Note

• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams.

• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat.

For details on how to flatten curled paper, see

Check3

in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is

Scratched

.

2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.

70

3. Remove the cassette cover (B).

4. Slide the paper guide (C) in front and (D) on the right to open the guides.

5. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in the center of the cassette.

Important

• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (F) can cause paper jams.

Note

• Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.

71

If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (G), the paper may not be fed properly.

6. Align the paper guide (H) in front with the paper stack.

Align the paper guide (H) with where it clicks into place.

7. Slide the paper guide (I) on the right to align with the paper stack.

Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.

Note

• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (J).

• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (K) of the paper guides.

8. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.

Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.

After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen.

72

9. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, then select

Register.

When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

Note

• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or the computer.

• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.

73

Loading Envelopes

You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.

The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the printer driver properly.

Important

• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is not supported.

• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.

• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface

• Envelopes with a double flap

• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive

1. Prepare envelopes.

• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.

• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction.

• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.

• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.

The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.

Important

• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 inches (3 mm).

2. Load envelopes.

1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).

74

2. Open the feed slot cover (C).

3. Slide the paper guides (D) to open them, and load the envelopes in the center of the rear tray

WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in the portrait orientation with the address side facing up.

Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.

4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the envelopes.

Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.

75

Note

• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).

5. Close the feed slot cover (F) gently.

Important

• If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.

76

After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then select Register.

When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

Note

• After loading envelopes, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver.

• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.

77

Placing a Printable Disc

Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc

Before Placing a Printable Disc

Placing a Printable Disc

Removing a Printable Disc

78

Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc

• Be sure to use the disc tray supplied with this printer. It has a "M" on the upper side.

• Do not print on printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and may cause problems with the disc itself or devices which the disc is loaded onto.

• Do not print on the printable discs' recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded on discs unreadable.

• Hold the printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or recording surface.

• Remove any dirt from the disc tray before placing printable discs on the disc tray. Loading discs in a dirty disc tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.

• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.

• Do not attach the disc tray while the printer is in operation.

• Do not remove the disc tray while printing on printable discs. Doing so may damage the printer, the disc tray, or the disc.

• Do not get dirt or scratches on the reflectors of the disc tray. The printer may not be able to recognize loading of the printable disc, or printing may become misaligned. If the reflectors on the disc tray become dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch the plate.

• The disc tray may become dirty if software other than My Image Garden is used.

79

Before Placing a Printable Disc

The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc:

• disc tray (supplied with the printer)

* Use the disc tray with "M" on the surface.

The disc tray may be stored in the disc tray storage compartment of the paper output tray.

• 4.72 inches (12 cm) printable disc

Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.

Note

• A "printable disc" differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.

80

Placing a Printable Disc

To print onto a printable disc, place it on the disc tray supplied with the printer, then insert it into the printer.

This procedure also applies to printing from a computer.

Important

• Do not attach the disc tray until the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed. Doing so can damage the printer.

1. When the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed, open the operation panel (A), and then pick out the disc tray from the disc tray storage compartment (B).

2. Place the printable disc with the printable surface facing up.

Important

• Make sure that there is no dirt on the disc tray before placing a printable disc on the disc tray.

• When placing a printable disc on the disc tray, do not touch the printing surface of the disc or the reflectors (C) on the disc tray.

3. Place the disc tray on the disc tray guide.

81

Note

• The disc tray may be ejected after a specified period of time has elapsed. In this case, follow the on-screen instructions to attach the disc tray.

4. Insert the disc tray straight until the white line on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow ( ) on the disc tray.

Important

• Do not insert the disc tray beyond the white line on the disc tray guide.

82

Removing a Printable Disc

1. Pull out the disc tray.

2. Remove the printable disc from the disc tray.

Important

• Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the disc tray.

Note

• Dry the printing surface sufficiently before removing the disc. If you see printing on the disc tray or the transparent parts on inner or outer diameter of the printable disc, wipe them off after the printing surface has dried.

3. Store the disc tray into the disc tray storage compartment.

When not using the disc tray, insert it straight into the disc tray storage compartment.

83

Loading Originals

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass

Loading Based on Use

Supported Originals

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

84

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass

1. Open the document cover.

2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass.

Loading Based on Use

Important

• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.

• Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.

• Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the original.

Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.

3. Close the document cover gently.

85

Important

• After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan.

86

Loading Based on Use

Load the original in the correct position on the platen glass according to the function to use. If you do not load the original correctly, it may not be scanned properly.

Originals Function How to Load

Copying

Magazines, Newspapers, and

Documents

Scanning by detecting the type and size of the original automatically

If you scan using the operation panel, select Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.

Scanning by specifying a standard size

(A4, Letter, etc.)

If you scan using the operation panel, select Document or Photo for Doc.type in

Scan and specify a standard size (A4,

Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan originals.

Loading the Original to Be

Aligned with the Alignment Mark

Scanning only one original

If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.

• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in

Scan.

• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan and specify Auto scan for Scan size to scan originals.

Loading in the Center of the

Platen Glass

Photos, Postcards, Business

Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)

Scanning two or more originals

If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.

• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in

Scan.

• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan and specify Auto multi scan for

Scan size to scan two or more originals.

Loading Two or More Originals

Note

• For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.

• For Windows:

Scanning from Computer (Windows)

• For Mac OS:

87

Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)

Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark

Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

Important

• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 inches (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).

Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass

Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

88

Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass

Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass and the originals, and between the originals. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

You can place up to 12 items.

A: More than 0.40 inches (1 cm)

Note

• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 inches (180 mm) or more cannot be corrected.

• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.

89

Supported Originals

Types of originals

Item Details

- Text document, magazine, or newspaper

- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)

Size (width x height)

Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)

Note

• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass, you can load it by removing the document cover from the printer.

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

90

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

Detaching the document cover:

Hold up the document cover vertically and then tip it back.

Attaching the document cover:

Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below.

91

92

Inserting the Memory Card

Before Inserting the Memory Card

Inserting the Memory Card

Removing the Memory Card

93

Before Inserting the Memory Card

The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.

Important

• If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the printer or damaged. For information on memory cards that your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device guarantees operation, refer to the instruction manual supplied with your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

• Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system

(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.

Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter

• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card

Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter

Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card slot.

• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card

Use the special "SD Card Adapter".

• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card

Use the special "SD Card Adapter".

Important

• If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to remove the memory card.

Cannot Remove Memory Card

Printable Image Data

• This printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types such as RAW images cannot be printed.

94

• The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and

Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").

Note

• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.

95

Inserting the Memory Card

Important

• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card slot.

Note

• When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print image data from the memory card using the operation panel of the printer. After using the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, remove the memory card, select Device user settings in Device settings, then set

Read/write attribute to Not writable from PC.

Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer

• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.

1. Prepare your memory card.

Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.

Before Inserting the Memory Card

2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.

Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.

When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.

* Be sure to attach the card adapter to the following types of memory card before inserting to the card slot.

• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card

• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card

Important

• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further. This can damage the printer or the memory card.

96

• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer can be damaged.

97

Removing the Memory Card

Important

• If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal" operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the printer.

Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer

1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.

Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.

Important

• Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes while the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card can be damaged.

98

Replacing Ink Tanks

Replacing Ink Tanks

Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen

Ink Tips

99

Replacing Ink Tanks

When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.

An Error Occurs

Note

• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance

Procedure .

• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see

Notes on ink tanks

.

Replacing Procedure

When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Open the scanning unit / cover.

The print head holder moves to the replacement position.

Caution

• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely.

Important

• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.

• If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the right. In this case, close and reopen the scanning unit / cover.

3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.

Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.

100

Important

• Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.

• Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.

• Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.

Note

• Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks.

4. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (B) completely, then remove the protective film (C) completely.

Important

• Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.

• If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the printer may not print properly.

5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to block the Y-shape air hole (D).

101

6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.

Important

• Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.

• Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may stain your hands if you touch them.

• Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.

7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.

Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.

102

8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.

Important

• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.

• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.

9. Close the scanning unit / cover.

To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.

Caution

• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.

Note

• If the error message appears after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.

103

An Error Occurs

• When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head.

• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar

symptoms, align the print head

.

Notes on ink tanks

Important

• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.

• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.

Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly.

• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.

This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.

To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.

Note

• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.

When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.

Ink Tips

104

Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen

1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.

If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button to display it.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

3. Select Estimated ink levels.

A symbol appears in the area (A) if there is any information about the remaining ink level.

Example:

The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.

The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.

Note

• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.

• Selecting Ink number displays the Ink number screen for checking ink numbers. Selecting Order

ink now on this screen displays the QR code for accessing the ink purchasing site. Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.

• You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.

• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.

• For Windows:

Checking Ink Status from Your Computer

• For Mac OS:

Checking Ink Status from Your Computer

105

Ink Tips

How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?

Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.

When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks.

The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.

Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.

To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.

When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may be consumed.

[Cleaning function]

The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.

Does black-and-white printing use color ink?

Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.

Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?

There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).

The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.

These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.

106

Maintenance

If Printing Is Faint or Uneven

Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)

Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS)

Cleaning

107

If Printing Is Faint or Uneven

Maintenance Procedure

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern

Cleaning the Print Head

Deep Print Head Cleaning

Aligning the Print Head

108

Maintenance Procedure

If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.

Important

• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank.

Note

• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.

• Check the ink status.

Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen

• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:

Step1

Print the nozzle check pattern.

From the printer

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

From the computer

• For Windows:

Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

• For Mac OS:

Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

Step2

Examine the nozzle check pattern

.

If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:

Step3

Clean the print head.

109

From the printer

Cleaning the Print Head

From the computer

• For Windows:

Cleaning the Print Heads

• For Mac OS:

Cleaning the Print Heads

After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1

If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:

Step4

Clean the print head deeply.

From the printer

Cleaning the Print Head Deeply

From the computer

• For Windows:

Cleaning the Print Heads

• For Mac OS:

Cleaning the Print Heads

Note

• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.

If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.

When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are

Misaligned:

Step

Align the print head.

From the printer

Aligning the Print Head

From the computer

• For Windows:

Adjusting Print Head Position

• For Mac OS:

Adjusting Print Head Position

110

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.

Note

• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink tank

whose ink is low.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

Note

• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check pattern is not be printed.

3. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

4. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

5. Select Print nozzle check pattern.

111

The confirmation screen will appear.

6. Select Yes.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch screen.

7.

Examine the nozzle check pattern

.

112

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern

Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.

1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.

A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks

B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present

2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen.

113

For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:

The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.

The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.

For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or in both patterns:

The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.

The printer starts cleaning the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:

(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)

The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.

The printer starts cleaning the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

114

Cleaning the Print Head

Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

Note

• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check pattern is not be printed.

3. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

4. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

5. Select Cleaning.

115

The confirmation screen will appear.

6. Select Yes.

The printer starts cleaning the print head.

Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes about 1 minute.

The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.

7. Select Yes.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed.

8.

Examine the nozzle check pattern

.

Note

• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply

.

116

Deep Print Head Cleaning

If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.

Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

Note

• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check pattern is not be printed.

3. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

4. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

5. Select Deep cleaning.

117

The confirmation screen will appear.

6. Select Yes.

The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.

Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This takes about 1 to 2 minutes.

The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.

7. Select Yes.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed.

8. When the completion message appears, select OK.

9.

Examine the nozzle check pattern

.

If a particular color is not printed properly,

replace the ink tank of that color.

If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.

If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.

118

Aligning the Print Head

If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.

Note

• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.

Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*

* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

Note

• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the print head alignment sheet is not be printed.

3. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

4. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

5. Select Auto head alignment.

119

The confirmation screen will appear.

6. Confirm the message, then select Yes.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The print head alignment sheet will be printed.

Important

• Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled, it may not be scanned properly.

7. Confirm the message, then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.

Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .

120

8. Close the document cover gently, then select OK.

The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted automatically.

Important

• Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until adjusting the print head position is complete.

• If the error message appears on the touch screen, select OK to release the error, then take appropriate action.

An Error Occurs

9. When the completion message appears, select OK.

Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.

Note

• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.

• For Windows:

Adjusting Print Head Position

• For Mac OS:

Adjusting Print Head Position

• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value on the Maintenance screen.

121

Cleaning

Cleaning Exterior Surfaces

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover

Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers

Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

Cleaning Cassette Pads

122

Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers

If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.

In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when necessary.

You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

3. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

4. Select Roller cleaning.

The confirmation screen will appear.

5. Select Yes.

6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.

7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.

If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.

8. Select OK.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.

123

9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

10. Select OK.

The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.

11. When the completion message appears, select OK.

If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact the service center.

124

Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*

* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

3. Select Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

4. Select Bottom plate cleaning.

The confirmation screen will appear.

5. Select Yes.

6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then select OK.

7. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.

8. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease, unfold the paper, then select OK.

125

9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.

10. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.

11. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.

12. Select OK.

The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.

The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.

Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again.

13. When the completion message appears, select OK.

126

Note

• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.

If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.

Important

• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.

127

Overview

Safety

Safety Precautions

Regulatory Information

WEEE (EU & EEA)

Handling Precautions

Canceling Print Jobs

Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying

Printer Handling Precautions

Transporting Your Printer

When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer

Keeping Print Quality High

Main Components and Their Use

Main Components

Power Supply

Using the Operation Panel

Changing Settings

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Specifications

128

Safety

Safety Precautions

Regulatory Information

WEEE (EU&EEA)

129

Safety Precautions

Choosing a location

• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.

• Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source.

To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in the

Specifications

.

• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.

• Do not place the printer with its back attached to the wall.

Power Supply

• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary.

• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.

Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.

• Do not use an extension lead/cord.

Working Around the Printer

• Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing.

• When moving the printer, carry the printer at both ends. In case the printer weighs more than 14 kg, it is recommended to have two people lifting the printer. Accidental dropping of the printer may cause

injury. For the printer's weight, refer to the Specifications .

• Do not place any object on the printer. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples, etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the printer.

• Do not transport or use the printer on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and damage the printer.

• When loading a thick book on the platen glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The platen glass may break and cause injury.

Print Heads/Ink Tanks/FINE Cartridges

• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.

• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice immediately.

• Never touch the electrical contacts on a print head or FINE cartridges after printing.

The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.

• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE cartridges into fire.

• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the print head, ink tanks, and FINE cartridges.

130

Regulatory Information

Users in the U.S.A.

FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)

For 120V, 60Hz model

Model Number: K10456 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365, FCC Approved Bluetooth

K30375)

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.

FCC ID:AZDK30365, AZDK30375

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate equipment.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter.

Canon U.S.A., Inc.

One Canon Park

Melville, New York 11747

1-800-652-2666

131

About Radio Waves

Do not use this product near medical equipment or electronic equipment. Radio wave interference can affect the operation or performance of the equipment.

Users in Canada

This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).

Pour les usagers résidant au Canada

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :

(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)

CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).

Environmental Information

Reducing your environmental impact

Power Consumption and Operational Modes

The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce the power consumption. After the last print it switches to Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a time, the device switches to its Sleep Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.

Energy Star

®

The Energy Star

®

programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.

Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star

®

programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star

®

logo accordingly.

132

Paper types

This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m

2

, lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.

133

WEEE (EU&EEA)

Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)

This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/weee.

Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und Liechtenstein)

Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und

Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann z.

B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten

Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen. Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit

Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen für

Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen

Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und

Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.

Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en

134

place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et

Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements

à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen, IJsland en

Liechtenstein)

Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canoneurope.com/weee.

Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,

Islandia y Liechtenstein)

Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE

135

autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,

Islàndia i Liechtenstein)

Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la

Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics

(AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal, a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)

Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva

RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto

Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti di

Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e Liechtenstein)

136

Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva

REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).

O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)

Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation jf.

direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks. i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr. Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canoneurope.com/weee.

Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και

Λιχτενστάιν)

Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά

απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού

(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε

καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο

παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων

Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων

μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς

επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά τη

σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.

Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας για

137

ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το

εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες

πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την

τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)

Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold til

WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein) alueelle.

Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,

2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och Liechtenstein)

Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande

138

köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av

WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)

Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu, sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein) országaiban

Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak lehetnek a környezetre

és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A berendezésekből származó,

újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért forduljon a helyi

önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek visszajuttatásáról és

újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.

139

Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i

Liechtenstein)

Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.

Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów, skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a Lichtenštajnsko)

Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke: www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)

See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks

140

mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)

Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)

Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje

(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas, patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canoneurope.com/weee.

Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)

141

Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo. S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и Лихтенщайн)

Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци, съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.

В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canoneurope.com/weee.

Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi Liechtenstein)

Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)

(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru

142

mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/ weee.

Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)

Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi

(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno, vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.

Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.

Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.

Korisnici u Srbiji

Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa

WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.

143

Handling Precautions

Canceling Print Jobs

Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying

Printer Handling Precautions

Transporting Your Printer

When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer

Keeping Print Quality High

144

Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying

Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.

This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.

• Paper money

• Money orders

• Certificates of deposit

• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)

• Identification badges or insignia

• Selective service or draft papers

• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies

• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title

• Traveler's checks

• Food stamps

• Passports

• Immigration papers

• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)

• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness

• Stock certificates

• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent

145

Printer Handling Precautions

Do not place any object on the document cover!

Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.

146

Transporting Your Printer

When relocating the printer, make sure of the following.

Important

• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.

• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.

This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.

• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.

• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".

1. Turn the printer off.

2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplugging the power cord

.

Important

• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.

3. Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension.

4. Close the operation panel, paper support, and the rear tray cover.

5. If the cassette is extended, contract it.

6. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power cord from the printer.

7. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.

8. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.

147

When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer

If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information may be stored in the printer.

When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties from accessing it.

• Select Setup on the HOME screen and select Settings > Device settings > Reset settings >

Reset all > Yes.

148

Keeping Print Quality High

The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.

Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.

Note

• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paintstick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.

Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!

If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.

When Unplugging the Printer

, make sure that the ON lamp is not lit.

Print periodically!

Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.

We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.

149

Main Components and Their Use

Main Components

Power Supply

Using the Operation Panel

150

Main Components

Front View

Rear View

Inside View

Operation Panel

151

Front View

(1) operation panel

Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.

Operation Panel

(2) document cover

Open to load an original on the platen glass.

(3) feed slot cover

Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.

Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.

(4) paper support

Extend to load paper in the rear tray.

(5) rear tray cover

Open to load paper in the rear tray.

(6) rear tray

Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.

Loading Paper in the Rear Tray

Loading Envelopes

(7) paper guides

Align with both sides of the paper stack.

152

(8) cassette

Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.

Loading Paper in the Cassette

(9) paper guides

Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.

(10) cassette cover

Detach to load paper in the cassette.

(11) paper output tray

Comes out automatically when the printer starts printing. Printed paper is ejected.

(12) paper output support

Extend to support ejected paper.

(13) card slot

Insert a memory card.

Before Inserting the Memory Card

(14) Access lamp

Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.

Inserting the Memory Card

(15) disc tray storage compartment

The disc tray supplied with the printer can be stored here.

(16) disc tray guide

Attach the disc tray.

153

(17) platen glass

Load an original here.

154

Rear View

(1) rear cover

Detach when removing jammed paper.

(2) transport unit cover

Open when removing jammed paper.

(3) power cord connector

Plug in the supplied power cord.

(4) USB port

Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.

Important

• Do not touch the metal casing.

• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning originals with the computer.

155

Inside View

(1) scanning unit / cover

Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the printer.

(2) print head holder

The print head is pre-installed.

Note

• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks .

156

Operation Panel

(1) ON button/ON lamp

Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.

(2) touch screen

Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card before printing.

Basic Operation of the touch screen

157

Power Supply

Confirming that the Power Is On

Turning the Printer On and Off

Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord

Unplugging the Printer

158

Confirming that the Power Is On

The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.

Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.

Note

• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.

• The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the display, press any button except the ON button or touch the touch screen. The print operation from a computer can also restore the display.

159

Turning the Printer On and Off

Turning on the printer

1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.

The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.

Confirming that the Power Is On

Note

• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.

• If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see

An Error Occurs .

• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by default.

From the printer

ECO settings

From the computer

• For Windows:

Managing the Printer Power

• For Mac OS:

Managing the Printer Power

Turning off the printer

1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.

When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.

160

Important

• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON

lamp is off.

Note

• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.

From the printer

ECO settings

From the computer

• For Windows:

Managing the Printer Power

• For Mac OS:

Managing the Printer Power

161

Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord

Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below.

• The power plug/power cord is hot.

• The power plug/power cord is rusty.

• The power plug/power cord is bent.

• The power plug/power cord is worn.

• The power plug/power cord is split.

Caution

• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above,

Unplugging the Printer

and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.

162

Unplugging the Printer

To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.

Important

• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.

Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.

1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.

Note

• After pressing the ON button, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray will appear on the touch screen. To retract the paper output tray, select Yes.

2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.

3. Unplug the power cord.

The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.

163

Using the Operation Panel

The operation panel consists of the ON button (A) and touch screen (B).

Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and other functions.

Operations on the Home Screen

A: ON button

B: touch screen

Basic Operation of the touch screen

Buttons on the touch screen

Basic Operation of the touch screen

Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or settings.

Important

• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to malfunction or damage the printer.

• Strongly pressing the touch screen.

• Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).

• Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.

• Placing any objects on the touch screen.

• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.

Tap

Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.

Use to select an item or photo on the screen.

164

Touch

Touch lightly with your finger tip.

To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.

Flick

Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.

Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.

Drag

While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.

Use to view lists of items or move sliders.

165

Operations on the Home Screen

Display the menu screen or the settings screen from the Home screen.

C. Basic menu

Select to copy or scan using the operation panel. After selecting a basic menu, the particular menus are displayed.

D. Network status

Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the network settings.

The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.

Wireless LAN is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.

Note

• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.

(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over a wireless LAN without any problems.

(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We recommends placing the printer near the wireless router.

166

(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.

Place the printer near the wireless router.

Wireless LAN is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.

Wireless Direct is enabled.

Wireless LAN is disabled.

E. Cloud

Displays the cloud's Main screen. You can use the services of PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.

F. Setup

Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.

G. Quick guide

Displays the guides how to loading paper or how to replace the ink tank, or the troubleshooting.

Buttons on the touch screen

While operating on the touch screen, some buttons are displayed on the touch screen.

H. HOME button

Displays the HOME screen.

I. Black button

Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.

J. Color button

Starts color copying, scanning, etc.

K. Back button

Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.

167

L. Stop button

Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.

168

Changing Settings

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

169

Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)

Changing the Print Options

Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile

Setting the Ink Tank to be Used

Managing the Printer Power

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

170

Changing the Print Options

You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.

Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the driver settings, or printing fails.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab

The Print Options dialog box opens.

Note

• When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are different.

3. Change the individual settings

If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.

171

The Page Setup tab is displayed again.

172

Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile

You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.

Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.

Registering a Printing Profile

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set the necessary items

From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.

You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.

3. Click Save...

The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.

4. Save the settings

Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK.

In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the

173

Quick Setup tab.

The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.

Important

• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options..., and check each item.

Note

• When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.

Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print settings again.

Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile

1. Select the printing profile to be deleted

Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick

Setup tab.

2. Delete the printing profile

Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.

The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.

Note

• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.

174

Setting the Ink Tank to be Used

This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate ink tank among installed ink tanks according to an intended use.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab

The Print Options dialog box appears.

3. Select the ink tank to be used from Print With

Select the ink tank to be used for printing and click OK.

When you perform printing, the specified ink tank will be used.

Important

• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the printer uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.

• Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab

• When Ink Jet Hagaki (A) or Hagaki K (A) is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, and performing auto duplex printing

Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab

• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is detached.

175

Managing the Printer Power

This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

Power Off

The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool

2. Execute power off

Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.

The printer power switches off.

Auto Power

Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.

The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.

The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.

1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool

2. Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power

The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.

Note

• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.

If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.

3. If necessary, complete the following settings:

Auto Power On

Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.

Auto Power Off

Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.

4. Apply the settings

Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.

176

The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list according to the same procedure.

Note

• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto

Power On setting.

When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,

"Printer is offline" is displayed.

177

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.

Custom Settings

1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool

2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings

The Custom Settings dialog box opens.

Note

• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.

If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.

3. If necessary, complete the following settings:

Detects a printable disc in the disc tray

Detects whether a printable disc is loaded on the disc tray during disc label printing and displays a message if a disc is not loaded.

Check this check box to print with detecting whether a printable disc is loaded.

Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether a printable disc is loaded.

Important

• If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the disc tray even if a printable disc is not loaded on the disc tray. Therefore, you should check this check box under normal circumstances.

• If you load a printable disc that has already been printed onto the disc tray, the printer may detect that no printable disc is loaded on the disc tray. In this case, uncheck this check box.

Prevent paper abrasion

The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing to prevent paper abrasion.

Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.

Align heads manually

Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.

If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.

Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment.

Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]

On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the

Orientation.

178

To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.

Important

• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise, characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.

Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer

When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing.

To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.

Ink Drying Wait Time

You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.

If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.

Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.

4. Apply the settings

Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.

The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.

179

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Setting Items on Operation Panel

Print settings

LAN settings

Device user settings

PictBridge print settings

Language selection

Firmware update

Feed settings

Reset setting

Web service setup

System information

ECO settings

Quiet setting

180

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps to specify Extended copy amount as an example.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

4. Select Device settings.

The Device settings screen is displayed.

5. Select a setting item to adjust.

The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.

6. Select a setting item.

7. Select a setting to specify.

181

For more on setting items on the operation panel:

Setting Items on Operation Panel

182

Setting Items on Operation Panel

Items for Printer

Device user settings

Web service setup

Language selection

ECO settings

Quiet setting

Items for Paper/Printing

Print settings

Feed settings

PictBridge print settings

Items for Maintenance/Management

System information

Firmware update

LAN settings

Reset setting

183

Print settings

Prevent paper abrasion

Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.

Important

• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality.

Extended copy amount

Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).

Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.

Important

• This setting can be applied under the following conditions:

- Performing borderless copying

- Borderless is selected for Border when copying printed photos

Note

• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended

amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.

Adjust disc print area

You can adjust the disc printing area if the image is not aligned with the printable disc.

You can adjust the printing area in increments of 0.003 inches/0.1 mm between -0.03 inches/-0.9 mm and +0.03 inches/+0.9 mm.

Auto photo fix setting

When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the image files in the following cases.

Auto photo fix is selected for Photo fix when printing from a memory card.

◦ The print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is set to Default* or On when printing with a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings.

Adjust horizontal print position

Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.

You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.01 inch/0.1 mm between -0.12 inch/-3 mm and

+0.12 inch/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.

184

Important

• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 inch/-1.5

mm and +0.06 inch/+1.5 mm even if you specify the value over 0.06 inch/1.5 mm.

185

LAN settings

Wireless LAN

Wireless Direct

Common settings

Wireless LAN

WLAN active/inactive

Enables/disables wireless LAN.

Wireless LAN setup

Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection.

Easy wireless connect

Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.

Manual connect

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the printer.

WPS (Push button method)

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi

Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

Other setup

Advanced setup

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.

WPS (PIN code method)

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi

Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

WLAN setting list

The list of wireless LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.

Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.

Printing Network Settings

Important

• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.

The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)

186

Items

SSID

Wireless LAN security

Setting

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/

WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)

XXX

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

Signal strength (%)

IPv4 address

IPv4 subnet mask

IPv4 default gateway

IPv6 address

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

MAC address of wireless LAN

XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)

Printer name

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)

Bonjour service name

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

Wireless Direct

Wireless Direct active/inactive

Enables/disables Wireless Direct.

Change SSID/device name

Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for

Wireless Direct.

Change password

Changes the password for Wireless Direct.

Connection request confirmation

Selecting Yes displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting the printer.

187

Wireless Direct setting list

The list of Wireless Direct settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.

Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.

Printing Network Settings

Important

• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.

The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)

Items Setting

SSID

DIRECT-XXXX-TS8100series

Password

Wireless LAN security

IPv4 address

IPv4 subnet mask

XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)

WPA2-PSK(AES)

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 default gateway

IPv6 address

XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

MAC address of wireless LAN

XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)

Printer name

Bonjour service name

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)

Wireless Direct device name

DIRECT-XXXX-TS8100series

No. of devices connected now

XX/XX

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

Common settings

Set printer name

188

Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.

Note

• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.

• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.

TCP/IP settings

Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.

WSD setting

Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1, Windows

8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista).

Enable/disable WSD

Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.

Note

• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in

Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista.

Optimize inbound WSD

Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.

WSD scan from this device

Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer the scanned data, press the Color button.

Note

• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select the document type.

Timeout setting

Specifies the timeout length.

Bonjour settings

Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS.

Enable/disable Bonjour

Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.

Service name

Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.

Note

• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.

LPR protocol setting

Enables/disables the LPR setting.

189

RAW protocol

Enables/disables RAW printing.

LLMNR

Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Active allows the printer to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.

PictBridge communication

Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Enable/disable communication

Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Timeout setting

Specifies the timeout length.

IPsec settings

Selecting Active allows you to specify the IPsec security.

190

Device user settings

Date display format

Changes the display format of dates when printed.

Note

• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the date is printed in the date display format you selected.

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel

Read/write attribute

Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer.

Important

• Remove the memory card before changing this setting.

Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer

• If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print photos on a memory card using the operation panel of the printer. After you finish operation of the memory card dedicated drive, be sure to set it back to Not writable from PC. When you turn off the printer, Writable from USB PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Not writable from PC when you turn on the printer next time.

• When Writable from USB PC is selected, the auto power off setting is inactive.

For more on the auto power off setting:

ECO settings

Sound control

Selects the volume.

Keypad volume

Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen.

Alarm volume

Selects the alarm volume.

Device info sending settings

Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server. The information sent to

Canon will be utilized to develop better products. Select Agree to send the printer usage information to

Canon server.

Energy saving settings

Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.

Auto power off

Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the printer.

191

Auto power on

Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the printer.

• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Energy saving settings on the HOME screen.

ECO settings

Document removal reminder

Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original from the platen glass after scanning.

Important

• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the original may not be detected.

Auto retract paper output tray

When ON is selected, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray automatically appears after pressing the ON button to turn off the printer.

Bluetooth settings

Setting items for connecting with Bluetooth compatible device.

Enable/disable Bluetooth

Enables/disables the Bluetooth function of the printer.

List/delete paired devices

Displays the list of paired Bluetooth compatible devices. To delete the paired Bluetooth compatible device, select a Bluetooth compatible device from the list.

Check/change PIN code

Allows you to check the PIN code and change it.

Important

• When you change the PIN code, pairing with all Bluetooth compatible devices is canceled.

Set Bluetooth device name

Specifies the printer name for Bluetooth connection.

Note

• If the printer cannot be paired to the Bluetooth compatible device after you changed some settings in Bluetooth settings see below.

Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth

192

Language selection

Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.

193

Firmware update

You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.

Note

• Only Check current version is available when Inactive is selected for WLAN active/inactive of

Wireless LAN in LAN settings.

Install update

Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the onscreen instructions to perform update.

Important

• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.

Note

• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.

• Check the network settings such as a wireless router.

• If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again after a while.

Check current version

You can check the current firmware version.

Update notification setting

When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the touch screen.

DNS server setup

Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup, follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

Proxy server setup

Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

194

Feed settings

By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.

For details:

Paper Settings

Register paper information

Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray and in the cassette.

Note

• Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.

• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver

(Windows) or on the touch screen:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

Detect paper setting mismatch

If you select Yes, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those registered in Register paper information. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message is displayed on the touch screen.

Note

• When No is selected, Register paper information is disabled.

195

Reset setting

You can set the settings back to the default.

Web service setup only

Sets the Web service settings back to the default.

LAN settings only

Sets the LAN settings back to the default.

Settings only

Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.

Device info sending settings only

Sets only the device information sending settings back to the default.

Reset all

Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by

Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.

Note

• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:

• The language displayed on the touch screen

• The current position of the print head

• CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting

196

Web service setup

Select this setting item from Web service setup on Settings.

Web service connection setup

The following setting items are available.

Google Cloud Print setup

Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.

IJ Cloud Printing Center setup

Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

Check Web service setup

Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing

Center.

DNS server setup

Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup, follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

Proxy server setup

Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

197

System information

To display this menu, select System information on

Current version

Displays the current firmware version.

Printer name

Displays the printer name currently specified.

Serial number

Displays the printer serial number.

MAC address of wireless LAN

Displays the MAC address for wireless LAN.

Setup.

198

ECO settings

This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.

Using Duplex Printing

Using Power Saving Function

Using Duplex Printing

Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

4. Select ECO.

5. Select Two-sided printing setting.

6. Specify settings as necessary.

A. Select two-sided copying as a default.

B. Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.

Using Power Saving Function

Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

199

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

4. Select ECO.

5. Select Energy saving settings.

6. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.

7. Specify settings as necessary.

A. Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the printer.

B. Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the printer.

200

Quiet setting

Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.

Follow the procedure below to perform setting.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

4. Select Quiet setting.

5. Select Use quiet mode.

The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.

Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.

Important

• Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.

• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.

Note

• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.

• For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).

201

Specifications

General Specifications

Printing resolution (dpi)

4800* (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical)

* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.

Interface

Print width

Printable area

USB Port:

Hi-Speed USB *1

LAN Port:

Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2

Card Slot:

Yes

*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.

*2 Setup possible through Standard setup, WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN

(Windows Connect Now) or Easy wireless connect.

USB and LAN can be used at the same time.

8 inches/203.2 mm

(for Borderless Printing: 8.5 inches/216 mm)

Borderless printing: Top/Bottom/Left/Right margin: 0.0 inch (0.0 mm)

Standard printing:

-Top margin:

• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.12 inches (3.0 mm)

-Bottom margin:

• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)

-Left margin:

• Letter/Legal: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)

• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)

-Right margin:

• Letter/Legal: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)

• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)

* For printable area of envelope, see below.

Envelopes

Auto duplex printing:

-Top margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)

202

Operating environment

Storage environment

Power supply

Power consumption

External dimensions

Weight

Print Head/Ink

Copy Specifications

Multiple copy

Intensity adjustment

Reduction / Enlargement

-Bottom margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)

-Left margin:

• Letter: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)

-Right margin:

• Letter: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)

• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)

Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)

Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)

* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions.

Recommended conditions:

Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)

Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)

* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.

Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)

Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)

AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz

(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)

Printing (Copy): Approx. 16 W

Standby (minimum): Approx. 1.2 W *1*2

OFF: Approx. 0.3 W *1

*1 USB connection to PC

*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.

Approx. 14.7 (W) x 12.8 (D) x 5.5 (H) inches

Approx. 372 (W) x 324 (D) x 139 (H) mm

* With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted.

Approx. 14.2 lb (Approx. 6.5 kg)

* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.

Total 6656 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, PB/DyeBK each 1024 nozzles, Y 512 nozzles, C/M each 1536 nozzles) max. 99 pages

9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy)

25 % - 400 % (1 % unit)

203

Scan Specifications

Scanner driver

Maximum scanning size

Scanning resolution

Gradation (Input / Output)

Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA

A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm

Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 2400 x 4800 dpi *1

Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2

*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO

14473.

*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area.

Gray: 16 bit/8 bit

Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)

Network Specifications

Communication protocol

Wireless LAN

TCP/IP

Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b

Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz

Channel: 1-11 or 1-13

* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region.

Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m

* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.

Security:

WEP (64/128 bits)

WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)

WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)

Setup:

WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)

WCN (WCN-NET)

Easy wireless connect

Other Features: Administration password

Minimum System Requirements

Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.

Windows

Operating System

Windows 10, Windows 8.1

Windows 7 SP1

204

Hard Disk Space

Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows

7 or later.

.NET Framework 4.5.2 or 4.6 is required.

3 GB

Note: For bundled software installation.

The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.

XGA 1024 x 768

Display

Mac OS

Operating System

Hard Disk Space

OS X v10.10.5 - OS X v10.11, macOS Sierra v10.12

1.5 GB

Note: For bundled software installation.

The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.

XGA 1024 x 768

Display

Other Supported OS

iOS, Android, Windows 10 Mobile

Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.

Refer to the Canon web site for details.

Mobile Printing Capability

Apple AirPrint

Google Cloud Print

PIXMA Cloud Link

• Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.

• Internet connection is required to use Easy-WebPrint EX and all the user's guide.

• Easy-WebPrint EX: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 and 11* (for Windows) is required.

• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.

• Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the

Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.

• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network administrator for details.

Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.

205

Information about Paper

Supported Media Types

Paper Load Limit

Unsupported Media Types

Handling Paper

Before Printing on Art Paper

Print Area

206

Supported Media Types

For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when possible.

Media Types

Genuine Canon paper

Note

• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.

• For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.

• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,

Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.

Paper for printing documents:

• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>

• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>

• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> *1

Paper for printing photos:

• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>

• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>

• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>

• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>

• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>

• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>

• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>

• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>

Paper other than genuine Canon paper

• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)

• Envelopes

*1

• T-Shirt Transfers *1

• Greeting Card

*1

*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is not supported.

Paper Load Limit

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

(Windows)

Note

• You can print onto a printable disc using the disc tray supplied with the printer.

Placing a Printable Disc

207

• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, you must specify the page size and media type.

Printing from Digital Camera

• You can use non-Canon genuine art paper. For details, access our website.

You cannot print in the top and bottom 1.38 inch (35 mm) margins of the paper (in the printing direction).

Sizes for Art Paper

Before Printing on Art Paper

Page Sizes

You can use the following page sizes.

Note

• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.

Standard sizes:

• Letter

• Legal

• A4

• B5

• A5

• L(89x127mm)

• KG/4"x6"(10x15)

• 2L/5"x7"(13x18)

• Square 5"x5" 127x127mm

• Hagaki

• Hagaki 2

• Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm

• 8"x10"(20x25cm)

• Envelope Com 10

• Envelope DL

• Nagagata 3

• Nagagata 4

• Yougata 4

• Yougata 6

Special sizes

Special page sizes must be within the following limits:

• rear tray

- Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 inches (55.0 x 89.0 mm)

- Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches (215.9 x 676.0 mm)

• cassette

- Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 inches (148.0 x 210.0 mm)

208

- Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 inches (215.9 x 297.0 mm)

Paper Weight

You can use paper in the following weight range.

• 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m

2

) (plain paper other than genuine Canon paper)

209

Paper Load Limit

Genuine Canon Paper

Paper for printing documents:

Media Name <Model No.>

Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>

Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>

High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>

*1

Rear Tray

Approx. 100 sheets

Approx. 80 sheets

Approx. 80 sheets

Cassette

Approx. 100 sheets

Approx. 80 sheets

N/A

Paper Output

Tray

Approx. 50 sheets

Approx. 50 sheets

Approx. 50 sheets

Paper for printing photos:

Media Name <Model No.>

Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>

*2

Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> *2

Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> *2

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>

*2

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>

*2

Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>

*2

Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>

*2

Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>

Rear Tray

A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm): 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets

Paper

Output

Tray

*3

A4, Letter: 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets

A4, Letter: 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets

*3

*3

A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x

25 cm): 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127 mm): 20 sheets

*3

A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x

25 cm): 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127 mm): 20 sheets

*3

A4, Letter: 10 sheets

A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x

25 cm): 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets

A4, Letter: 10 sheets

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets

*3

*3

*3

210

Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper

Common Name

Plain Paper (including recycled paper)

*1

Envelopes

T-Shirt Transfers

Greeting Card

Rear Tray

Approx. 100 sheets (10 sheets: Legal)

Approx. 100 sheets

10 envelopes

1 sheet : A4

1 sheet : Letter

N/A

N/A

N/A

Cassette

*3

*3

*3

Paper Output

Tray

Approx. 50 sheets (10 sheets: Legal)

*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.

*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.

In this case, load one sheet at a time.

*3 For best results in continuous printing, remove printed paper or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.

211

Unsupported Media Types

Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also the printer to jam or malfunction.

• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper

• Damp paper

• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m

2

))

• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m

2

), except for Canon genuine paper)

• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing on paper smaller than A5)

• Picture postcards

• Postcards

• Envelopes with a double flap

• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface

• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive

• Any type of paper with holes

• Paper that is not rectangular

• Paper bound with staples or glue

• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal

• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.

212

Handling Paper

• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.

• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your hands.

• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.

• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.

• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.

213

Before Printing on Art Paper

When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be removed on art paper just before printing.

You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office automation equipment).

The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.

OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.

Important

• Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.

Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.

Paper dust removal procedure:

1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.

2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.

Important

• Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop halfway.

• Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.

3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to bottom.

214

215

Printing

Printing from Computer

Printing Using Operation Panel

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet

Printing from Digital Camera

Paper Settings

216

Printing from Computer

Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)

Printing from Application Software (AirPrint)

Printing Using Canon Application Software

Printing Using a Web Service

217

Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)

Basic Printing Setup

Basic

Various Printing Methods

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Overview of the Printer Driver

Printer Driver Description

Updating the MP Drivers

218

Basic Printing Setup

This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.

Basic Printing Setup

1.

Check that printer power is on

2.

Load paper

in printer

3. Open printer driver's setup screen

4. Select frequently used settings

On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.

When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper

Size automatically switch to the predefined values.

5. Select print quality

For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.

219

Important

• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.

6. Select paper source

For Paper Source, select Automatically Select, Rear Tray, or Cassette, whichever matches your purpose.

Important

• The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and size.

220

7. Click OK

The printer will now print using these settings.

Important

• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and

Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.

• To register the current settings

as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.

Note

• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "

Paper Settings ."

To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the

Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.

For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver

1. Open printer driver setup window

2. On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...

The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.

3. Select Paper Source

221

From Paper Source, check the setting or select a new paper source.

The current printer settings appear in Media Type and Page Size.

4. Apply settings

To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.

Note

• If the Type on the printer is set to Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki, or if the Page size on the printer is set to 2L/5"x7"(13x18), click Set to display the dialog box.

Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.

• If the Type and the Page size on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be grayed out and cannot be clicked.

• If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.

222

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

When you use this printer, selecting a media type and

paper size that matches the print purpose will help

you achieve the best print results.

You can use the following media types on this printer.

Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)

Media name <Model No.>

Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>

Media Type in the printer driver

Plain Paper

Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper

Paper information registered on the printer

Plain paper

Plain paper

Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)

Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver

Paper information registered on the printer

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-301>

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II

Plus Glossy II

Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>

Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>

Photo Paper Pro Platinum

Photo Paper Pro Luster

Pro Platinum

Pro Luster

Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>

Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss

Plus Semi-gloss

Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy

Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>

Glossy Photo Paper

Glossy

Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>

Matte Photo Paper

Matte

Canon genuine papers (Business Letter Printing)

Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver

High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper

Paper information registered on the printer

High-Res Paper

Commercially available papers

Media name Media Type in the printer driver

Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper

Paper information registered on the printer

Plain paper

Envelopes

Envelope

Envelope

T-Shirt Transfers

Other High Quality Paper

T-Shirt Transfers

Other High Quality Paper

Others

Others

223

Other Fine Art Paper

Greeting Cards

Other Fine Art Paper

Inkjet Greeting Card

Others

Others

Important

• When Media Type on the printer driver is set to Other Fine Art Paper, no data is printed in the top and bottom 35 mm edges (printing direction) of the paper. For Page Size on the printer driver, select Letter

(Art Paper Margin 35) or A4 (Art Paper Margin 35).

For information about the printable area, see "Sizes for Art Paper."

Note

• For information on high quality paper and fine art paper of other brands that can be used with the printer, see "Print Using Other High Quality Paper and Other Fine Art Paper".

224

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results.

You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.

Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer

Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm

Letter

Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm

A5

A4

B5

Legal

A5

A4

B5

4"x6" 10x15cm

5"x7" 13x18cm

8"x10" 20x25cm

L 89x127mm

2L 127x178mm

Square 5"x5" 13x13cm

Letter (Art Paper Margin 35)

A4 (Art Paper Margin 35)

Hagaki 100x148mm

KG/4"x6"(10x15)

2L/5"x7"(13x18)

8"x10"(20x25cm)

L(89x127mm)

2L/5"x7"(13x18)

Square 5"

Letter

A4

Hagaki

Hagaki 2 200x148mm

Envelope Com 10

Envelope DL

Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25"

Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07"

Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25"

Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48"

Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm

Custom Size

Hagaki 2

Envelope Com 10

Envelope DL

Nagagata 3

Nagagata 4

Yougata 4

Yougata 6

Card 2.17"x3.58"

Others

225

Various Printing Methods

Setting a Page Size and Orientation

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Execute Borderless Printing

Scaled Printing

Page Layout Printing

Tiling/Poster Printing

Duplex Printing

Setting Up Envelope Printing

Printing on Postcards

226

Setting a Page Size and Orientation

The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.

When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows:

You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Select the paper size

Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.

3. Set Orientation

Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.

4. Click OK

When you execute print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.

Note

• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the

printer cannot output is displayed.

Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.

227

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Specify the number of copies to be printed

For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.

3. Specify the print order

Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.

Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together.

Print from Last Page: /Collate:

Print from Last Page: /Collate:

228

Print from Last Page: /Collate:

Print from Last Page: /Collate:

4. Click OK

When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.

Important

• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.

Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page

Layout.

• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set.

• When Duplex Printing is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.

Note

• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page.

These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and

Page Layout.

229

Execute Borderless Printing

The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.

However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.

You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.

Setting Borderless Printing

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set borderless printing

Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

Click OK when the confirmation message appears.

When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list and click OK.

3. Check the paper size

230

Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.

4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper

If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.

Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.

It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.

Important

• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the paper may become smudged.

5. Click OK

When you execute print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.

Important

• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.

• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing, Stapling Side settings, and the Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable.

• When Other High Quality Paper, Other Fine Art Paper, Envelope, High Resolution Paper, or T-

Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform borderless printing.

• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.

• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used.

In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.

Note

• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.

When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.

Expanding the Range of the Document to Print

Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However, the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.

When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.

231

Important

• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper.

Note

• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.

• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing.

232

Scaled Printing

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set scaled printing

Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

3. Select the paper size of the document

Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.

4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:

• Select a Printer Paper Size

When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.

233

• Specify a scaling factor

Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.

The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

5. Click OK

When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.

Important

• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function, configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver.

234

Note

• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.

235

Page Layout Printing

The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set page layout printing

Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Select the print paper size

Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.

4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order

If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and click OK.

236

Page Layout

To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list.

Page Order

To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.

Page Border

To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.

5. Complete the setup

Click OK on the Page Setup tab.

When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order.

237

Tiling/Poster Printing

The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster.

Setting Tiling/Poster Printing

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set tiling/poster printing

Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Select the print paper size

Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.

4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed

238

If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK.

Image Divisions

Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).

As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.

Print "Cut/Paste" in margins

To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.

Note

• This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.

Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins

To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.

Print page range

Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.

To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers.

Note

• You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.

5. Complete the setup

Click OK on the Page Setup tab.

When you execute print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.

Printing Only Specific Pages

If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below:

1. Set the print range

In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be printed.

The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.

239

Note

• Click the deleted pages to display them again.

• Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.

2. Complete the setup

After completing the page selection, click OK.

When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed.

Important

• Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.

240

Duplex Printing

You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.

Performing Automatic Duplex Printing

You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set automatic duplex printing

Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.

3. Select the layout

Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.

4. Set the print area

When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page.

Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.

241

Use normal-size printing

Print without reducing the page.

Use reduced printing

Reduce the page slightly during printing.

5. Specify the side to be stapled

The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.

6. Set the margin width

If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.

7. Complete the setup

Click OK on the Page Setup tab.

When you execute print, duplex printing will be started.

Performing Duplex Printing Manually

You can perform the duplex printing manually.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Set duplex printing

Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.

242

3. Select the layout

Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.

4. Specify the side to be stapled

The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.

5. Set the margin width

If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.

6. Complete the setup

Click OK on the Page Setup tab.

When you execute print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.

Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.

Important

• When a media type other than Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.

• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.

Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page

Size on the Page Setup tab.

Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5, Hagaki 100x148mm

243

• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page

(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side first and then print the message side.

Related Topic

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

244

Setting Up Envelope Printing

1.

Load envelope

on the printer

2. Open the printer driver setup window

3. Select the media type

Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.

4. Select the paper size

When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,

Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.

5. Set the orientation

To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.

Note

• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom

Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

245

6. Select the print quality

Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.

7. Click OK

When you execute print, the information is printed on the envelope.

Note

• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "

Paper Settings ."

To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer

Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.

For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

246

Printing on Postcards

1.

Load postcard on the printer

2. Open the printer driver setup window

3. Select commonly used settings

Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.

4. Select the media type

For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or

Hagaki.

Important

• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.

• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side first and then print the message side.

• When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.

• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side.

To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click

Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.

For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see the following:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

• When you use the automatic duplex printing function, register the paper information for the side to be printed first.

5. Select the paper size

For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.

Important

• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.

• When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver.

• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.

• With return postcards, automatic duplex printing and borderless printing cannot be used.

6. Set the print orientation

To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.

247

7. Select the print quality

For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.

8. Click OK

When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.

Important

• When you execute postcard printing, a guide message is displayed.

When the guide message is displayed, select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed.

To display guide messages again, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the

Canon IJ Status Monitor.

On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting.

• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media, and click Start Printing.

248

Overview of the Printer Driver

Canon IJ Printer Driver

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

Canon IJ Status Monitor

Checking Ink Status from Your Computer

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

249

Canon IJ Printer Driver

The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer so that it can communicate with the printer.

The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.

Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.

Printer Driver Types

You can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the normal printer driver.

The XPS printer driver is suited to printing from application software that supports XPS printing.

Important

• Note that if you want to use the XPS printer driver, the normal printer driver must also be installed.

Installing the Printer Driver

• To install the normal printer driver, install the driver from Start Setup Again on the setup CD-ROM that came with your printer.

• To install the XPS printer driver, load the setup CD-ROM that comes with the printer, and then select

XPS Driver from Add Software.

Specifying the Printer Driver

To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the regular printer driver or select

"Canon XXX XPS" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the XPS printer driver.

Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver

To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.

Related Topic

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

250

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer icon.

Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application

Software

Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.

1. Select print command from application software

The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.

2. Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)

The printer driver's setup screen appears.

Note

• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.

Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon

From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or set print settings to be shared by all application software.

1. Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers

2. Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences

The printer driver's setup screen appears.

Important

• Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding

Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.

251

Canon IJ Status Monitor

The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages.

Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor

The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.

Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.

Note

• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the

printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.

• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer.

When Errors Occur

The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low).

252

In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.

253

Checking Ink Status from Your Computer

You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.

1. Open the printer driver setup window

2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor

On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.

3. Display Estimated ink levels

Ink status is displayed as an illustration.

Note

• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer.

254

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver.

Restrictions on the Printer Driver

• Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver may not operate correctly.

If this happens, open the printer driver setup window

from the Print dialog box of the application software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab.

• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled.

In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.

• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.

• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you will not be able to use the following functions correctly.

Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following functions will not operate.

Preview before printing on the Main tab

Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab

Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last

Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab

Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color

Adjustment dialog box

• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result.

• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.

To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.

• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the problem.

Note

Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used.

• The card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In such cases, restart the printer or turn it off and reconnect the USB cable.

Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions

• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).

◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify them.

255

◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.

◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.

If this happens, follow the procedure below.

1. Open Word's Print dialog box.

2. Open the

printer driver setup window , and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same

paper size that you specified in Word.

3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.

4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.

5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.

6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.

7. Start printing.

• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box.

256

Printer Driver Description

Quick Setup tab Description

Main tab Description

Page Setup tab Description

Maintenance tab Description

Canon IJ Status Monitor Description

257

Quick Setup tab Description

The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.

Commonly Used Settings

The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.

In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in

Additional Features.

You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered printing profile.

You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys.

Standard

These are the factory settings.

If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.

Photo Printing

If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.

If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.

Business Document

Select this setting when printing a general document.

If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.

Paper Saving

Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and

Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.

258

If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.

Envelope

If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.

Greeting Card

When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting

Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.

Note

• The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected.

Save...

Displays the

Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box

.

Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and

Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.

Delete

Deletes a registered printing profile.

Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.

Note

• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.

Settings Preview

The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.

You can check an overall image of the layout.

Preview before printing

Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.

Check this check box to display a preview before printing.

Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.

Important

• To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5.2 or later installed on your computer.

Additional Features

Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for

Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.

When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is displayed.

To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.

For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.

259

Important

• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them.

2-on-1 Printing

Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.

To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the

Page Layout Printing dialog box

that appears, specify the Page

Order.

4-on-1 Printing

Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.

To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the

Page Layout Printing dialog box

that appears, specify the Page

Order.

Duplex Printing

Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.

To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.

Borderless Printing

Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.

With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.

To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.

Grayscale Printing

This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.

Draft

This setting is appropriate for test printing.

Rotate 180 degrees

Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.

The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.

Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment

Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,

Yellow, Tone, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc.

Media Type

Selects a type of printing paper.

Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.

Printer Paper Size

Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.

Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the document is printed with no scaling.

When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.

260

If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.

Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any

vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.

Orientation

Selects the printing orientation.

If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.

Portrait

Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.

Landscape

Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.

You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the

Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is

[Landscape] check box.

To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left

when orientation is [Landscape] check box.

Print Quality

Selects your desired printing quality.

Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.

To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The

Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box , and then specify the desired

settings.

High

Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.

Standard

Prints with average speed and quality.

Draft

This setting is appropriate for test printing.

Paper Source

Select the source from which paper is supplied.

Automatically Select

Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer, the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.

Rear Tray

Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.

Cassette

Paper is always supplied from the cassette.

Important

• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.

Copies

Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.

261

Important

• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.

Always Print with Current Settings

Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.

When you select this function and then close the

printer driver setup window

, the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution.

Important

• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings.

• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.

Printer Media Information...

Displays

Printer Media Information dialog box .

You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.

Defaults

Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.

Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default values (factory settings).

Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box

This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page

Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.

Name

Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.

Up to 255 characters can be entered.

The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick

Setup tab.

Options...

Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box .

Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.

Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box

Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles.

Icon

Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.

The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick

Setup tab.

262

Save the paper size setting

Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.

To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.

If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software.

Save the orientation setting

Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.

To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.

If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software.

Save the copies setting

Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.

To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.

If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software.

Custom Paper Size dialog box

This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.

Units

Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.

Paper Size

Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.

Printer Media Information dialog box

This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.

Paper Source

Check the setting or select a new paper source.

Media Type

Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.

To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.

Page Size

Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.

To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.

Related Topics

Basic Printing Setup

Setting a Page Size and Orientation

263

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Execute Borderless Printing

Duplex Printing

Setting Up Envelope Printing

Printing on Postcards

Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose

Displaying the Print Results before Printing

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile

264

Main tab Description

The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.

Settings Preview

The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.

You can check an overall image of the layout.

The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.

Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.

Media Type

Selects a type of printing paper.

Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.

Paper Source

Shows the source from which paper is supplied.

You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.

Automatically Select

Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer, the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.

Rear Tray

Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.

Cassette

Paper is always supplied from the cassette.

Important

• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.

265

Print Quality

Selects your desired printing quality.

Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.

Important

• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print

Quality is changed.

High

Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.

Standard

Prints with average speed and quality.

Draft

This setting is appropriate for test printing.

Custom

Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.

Set...

Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.

Open the

Custom dialog box

. You can then individually set the print quality level.

Color/Intensity

Selects color adjustment method.

Auto

Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.

Manual

Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness,

Intensity, and Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.

Set...

Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.

In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as

Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast on the

Color Adjustment

tab , and select the Color Correction method on the

Matching tab .

Note

• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile.

Grayscale Printing

This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.

Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.

Preview before printing

Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.

Check this check box to display a preview before printing.

266

Important

• To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5.2 or later installed on your computer.

Defaults

Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.

Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory settings).

Custom dialog box

Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.

Quality

You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.

Important

• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.

Note

• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.

Color Adjustment Tab

This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,

Tone, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.

Preview

Shows the effect of color adjustment.

The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.

Note

• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.

View Color Pattern

Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.

If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.

Cyan / Magenta / Yellow

Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.

Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.

267

Important

• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.

Tone

Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing.

Moving the slider to the right produces warm colors (Warm), and moving the slider to the left produces cool colors (Cool).

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Important

• This function is not available for certain Media Type settings.

Brightness

Selects the brightness of your print.

You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However, the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed.

Intensity

Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.

Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Contrast

Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.

Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Print a pattern for color adjustment

When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values.

Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment.

Pattern Print preferences...

Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button.

The

Pattern Print dialog box

opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings.

Pattern Print dialog box

Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity/ contrast of documents.

Parameters to Adjust

Select the item to be checked by pattern printing.

Cyan/Magenta/Yellow

Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan/magenta/yellow balance.

Important

• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.

268

Intensity/Contrast

Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity/contrast balance.

Printer Paper Size

Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing.

This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab.

Note

• Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.

Amount of Pattern Instances

Sets the number of patterns to be printed.

You can select from Largest, Large, and Small. When you select a pattern size, the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows:

Note

Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected.

• The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout.

Largest

Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 37

Intensity/Contrast 49

Large

Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 19

Intensity/Contrast 25

Small

Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 7

Intensity/Contrast 9

Color Variation Between Instances

Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.

Select from Large, Medium, and Small. Large produces a large amount of change, and Small produces a small amount of change.

Note

Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium.

Matching Tab

Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.

Color Correction

Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM (ICC Profile Matching), or None to match the purpose of the print operation.

269

Important

• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable.

Driver Matching

With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.

ICM (ICC Profile Matching)

Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.

Specify the rendering intent to be used.

Important

• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM (ICC Profile Matching) is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.

None

Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.

Rendering Intent

Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color

Correction.

Saturation

This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.

Perceptual

This method reproduces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable. Select this method to print photos.

Relative Colorimetric

When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors.

The white spots are reproduced as white spots (background color) on the paper.

Absolute Colorimetric

This method uses the white spot definitions in the input and output ICC profiles to convert the image data.

Although the color and color balance of the white spots change, you may not be able to get the desired output results because of the profile combination.

Important

• Depending on the media type, you may obtain the same print results even when you change the

Rendering Intent setting.

Note

• In the XPS printer driver, ICM has become ICC Profile Matching.

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

270

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

Printing with ICC Profiles

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Displaying the Print Results before Printing

271

Page Setup tab Description

The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application.

Settings Preview

The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.

You can check an overall image of the layout.

The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.

Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.

Page Size

Selects a page size.

Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.

If you select Custom..., the

Custom Paper Size dialog box

opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.

Orientation

Selects the printing orientation.

If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.

Portrait

Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.

Landscape

Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.

You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the

Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is

[Landscape] check box.

272

To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left

when orientation is [Landscape] check box.

Rotate 180 degrees

Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.

The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.

Printer Paper Size

Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.

The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.

You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet for Page Layout.

If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.

Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any

vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.

Page Layout

Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.

Normal-size

This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.

Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output

If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document.

Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.

Borderless

Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins.

In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be performed without any margins (border).

Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.

Amount of Extension

Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.

Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems.

Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print.

Fit-to-Page

This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.

Scaled

Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.

Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.

Scaling

Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.

273

Page Layout

Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.

Specify...

Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box .

Click this button to set details on page layout printing.

Tiling/Poster

This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.

Specify...

Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box

.

Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.

Booklet

The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.

Specify...

Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box .

Click this button to set details on booklet printing.

Duplex Printing

Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.

Check this check box to print the document on both sides.

This function can be used only when Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or

Hagaki is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.

Automatic

Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.

This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex

Printing check box is checked.

To perform duplex printing automatically, check this check box.

To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.

Print Area Setup...

Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box

in which you can configure the print area for automatic duplex printing.

This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.

Stapling Side

Selects the stapling margin position.

The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.

Specify Margin...

Opens the Specify Margin dialog box

.

You can specify the width of the margin.

Copies

Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.

274

Important

• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here.

Print from Last Page

Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.

Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.

Collate

Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.

Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together.

Important

• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.

Print Options...

Opens the Print Options dialog box .

Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.

Stamp/Background... (Stamp...)

Opens the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box

.

The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.

Note

• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.

Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.

Custom Paper Size dialog box

This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.

Units

Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.

Paper Size

Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.

275

Page Layout Printing dialog box

This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper, the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.

The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.

Preview Icon

Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.

You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.

Page Layout

Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.

Page Order

Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.

Page Border

Prints a page border line around each document page.

Check this check box to print the page border line.

Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box

This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.

The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.

Preview Icon

Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.

You can check what the print result will look like.

Image Divisions

Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).

As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.

Print "Cut/Paste" in margins

Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.

Check this check box to print the words.

Note

• Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.

Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins

Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.

Check this check box to print the cut lines.

Print page range

Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.

Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.

276

Note

• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time.

Booklet Printing dialog box

This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.

The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.

Preview Icon

Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.

You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.

Margin for stapling

Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.

Insert blank page

Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.

Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list.

Margin

Specifies the width of the stapling margin.

The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.

Page Border

Prints a page border line around each document page.

Check this check box to print the page border line.

Print Area Setup dialog box

When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual.

Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.

This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document fits in one page.

Use normal-size printing

Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.

Use reduced printing

Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.

Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.

Specify Margin dialog box

This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit on one page, the document is reduced when printed.

277

Margin

Specifies the width of the stapling margin.

The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.

Print Options dialog box

Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.

Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.

Disable ICM required from the application software

Disables the ICM function required from the application software.

When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve the problems.

Important

• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.

• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.

Note

Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.

Disable the color profile setting of the application software

Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software.

When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve the problem.

Important

• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.

• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.

Disable the paper source setting of the application software

Disables the paper feeding method that is set by the application.

With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feeding method that differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.

Important

• When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the

Canon IJ Preview.

However, if you are using the XPS printer driver, you will be able to change the paper feeding method from the Canon IJ XPS Preview.

278

Ungroup Papers

Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.

To display the items separately, select the check box.

To display the items as a group, clear the check box.

Do not allow application software to compress print data

Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.

If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve the condition.

Important

• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.

Note

Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.

Print after creating print data by page

The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete.

If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may improve the results.

Important

• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.

Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation

When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed, the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image.

If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly, selecting this check box may improve the results.

Important

• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.

Note

Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver.

Prevention of Print Data Loss

You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data.

Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.

Important

• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.

Unit of Print Data Processing

Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.

Select Recommended under normal circumstances.

279

Important

• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.

Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.

Note

Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.

Print With

Specify the ink tank to be used from the installed ink tanks.

Select from All Colors (Default), All Except PGBK (Black), Only PGBK (Black).

Important

• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the printer uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.

• Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or

Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab

• When Ink Jet Hagaki (A) or Hagaki K (A) is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, and performing auto duplex printing

Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab

• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is detached.

Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box

The Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or background.

Note

• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.

Stamp

Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.

Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.

Define Stamp...

Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box .

You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.

Place stamp over text

Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.

Check the Stamp check box to enable this.

Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.

Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden.

280

Print semitransparent stamp

Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.

Check the Stamp check box to enable this.

Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page.

Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.

Note

• You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.

Stamp first page only

Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages.

Check the Stamp check box to enable this.

Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.

Background

Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap) behind the document.

Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.

Select Background...

Opens the Background Settings dialog box .

You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected background.

Background first page only

Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages.

Check the Background check box to enable this.

Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.

Stamp Tab

The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.

Preview Window

Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.

Stamp Type

Specifies the stamp type.

Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select

Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.

The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.

When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name

Stamp Text

Specifies the stamp text string.

Up to 64 characters can be entered.

For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text.

281

Important

Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.

TrueType Font

Selects the font for the stamp text string.

Style

Selects the font style for the stamp text string.

Size

Selects the font size for the stamp text string.

Outline

Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.

If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.

Color/Select Color...

Shows the current color for the stamp.

To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp.

When Stamp Type is Bitmap

File

Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.

Select File...

Opens the dialog box to open a file.

Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.

Size

Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.

Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.

Transparent white area

Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.

Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.

Note

• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to

Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,

192).

Placement Tab

The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.

Preview Window

Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.

Position

Specifies the stamp position on the page.

Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position coordinates directly.

282

Orientation

Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees.

Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.

Note

Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab.

Note

• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0.

Save settings Tab

The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.

Title

Enter the title to save the stamp you created.

Up to 64 characters can be entered.

Note

• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.

Stamps

Shows a list of saved stamp titles.

Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.

Save/Save overwrite

Saves the stamp.

Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.

Delete

Deletes an unnecessary stamp.

Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.

Background Tab

The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background.

Preview Window

Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.

File

Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.

Select File...

Opens the dialog box to open a file.

Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.

Layout Method

Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.

When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.

283

Intensity

Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.

Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position.

Note

• Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.

• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle.

Save settings Tab

The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.

Title

Enter the title to save the background image you specified.

Up to 64 characters can be entered.

Note

• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.

Backgrounds

Shows a list of registered background titles.

Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.

Save/Save overwrite

Saves the image data as a background.

After inserting the Title, click this button.

Delete

Deletes an unnecessary background.

Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this button.

284

Maintenance tab Description

The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the printer.

Maintenance and Preferences

Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.

You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.

View Print History

This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history.

Note

• You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.

View Printer Status

Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.

Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.

Note

• If you are using the XPS printer driver, the "Canon IJ Status Monitor" becomes the "Canon IJ XPS

Status Monitor".

About

Opens the About dialog box .

The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.

In addition, the language to be used can be switched.

285

About dialog box

When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.

This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.

Modules

Lists the printer driver modules.

Language

Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window

.

Important

• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the characters will be garbled.

286

Canon IJ Status Monitor Description

The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.

Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor

The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:

Onscreen display of printer status

The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.

You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).

Display of error content and correction procedure

The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.

You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.

Ink status display

The status monitor displays ink tank types and estimated ink levels.

When the remaining ink level becomes low, a warning icon and message (low ink level warning) are displayed.

Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor

The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images and messages to display the printer status and the ink status.

During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.

If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the error. Follow the message instructions.

Printer

Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.

: There is a warning.

: There has been an operator error.

: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.

: There has been an error which requires a service.

287

Ink Tank

If a low ink warning or an empty ink tank error occurs, the status monitor displays an icon. The status monitor also uses images to display the estimated ink levels of the ink tanks.

Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels and the names of ink tanks that the printer can use.

Document Name

Name of the document being printed.

Owner

Owner's name of the document being printed.

Printing Page

Page number of current page and the total page count.

Display Print Queue

The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.

Cancel Printing

Cancels printing.

Estimated ink levels

Displays icons to report a remaining ink level warning and an ink depletion error.

The estimated ink level of the ink tank is also displayed as an illustration.

Ink Model Number

You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.

Option Menu

If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status

Monitor.

Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:

Always Display Current Job

Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.

Always Display on Top

Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.

Display Guide Message

Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.

Envelope Printing

Displays guide messages when envelope printing starts.

To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check box.

To display the guide messages again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide

Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.

Hagaki Printing

Displays guide messages before the printer begins hagaki printing.

To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check box.

To display the guide messages again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide

Message, click Hagaki Printing, and enable this setting.

288

Display Warning Automatically

When a Low Ink Warning Occurs

Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs.

Start when Windows is Started

Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.

Remote UI menu

You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.

You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when connected to and using it through a network.

Note

• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.

Printer Information

Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and remaining ink levels.

Maintenance

Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.

Download Security Certificate

Displays the For secure communication window.

This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and disable warning displays.

Help Menu

Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version and copyright information.

289

Installing the MP Drivers

You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model.

1. Turn off the printer

2. Start the installer

Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.

The installation program starts.

Important

• A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.

This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.

When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.

Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.

3. Install the MP Drivers

Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.

4. Complete the installation

Click Complete.

Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.

Important

• You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the MP Drivers. However, when installing the XPS printer driver, first complete installation of the MP Drivers.

• You can download the MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility.

• Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.

Related Topics

Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers

Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers

Before Installing the MP Drivers

290

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet

Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)

Printing from Windows 10 Mobile Device

Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct

291

Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct

You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.

• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)

• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)

This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the printer directly.

Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.

1.

Enable Wireless Direct.

2.

Connect devices to printer.

3.

Perform printing or scanning operation.

Important

• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.

• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.

Restrictions

Preparing for Wireless Direct

Change settings below to prepare for Wireless Direct.

• Printer's LAN settings

Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer

• Settings of a device to connect

Connecting the Device to the Printer

Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

4. Select Device settings.

5. Select LAN settings.

6. Select Wireless Direct.

292

7. Select Wireless Direct active/inactive.

8. Select ON.

The confirmation screen asking if you display the password information appears.

9. Select Yes or No.

The list of Wireless Direct settings is displayed.

The device detects the printer by the identifier (SSID).

Note

• You can check the following.

• SSID

• Security setting

• Password

• Printer's name which appears on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device

The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you are using, no password is required.

When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name displayed on the touch screen from your device.

• The identifier (SSID) and the security setting are specified automatically. To update them, see below.

Changing Wireless Direct Setting

10. Select OK.

The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.

Connecting the Device to the Printer

1. Turn on wireless communication on your device.

Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.

For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device's instruction manual.

2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8100series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list displayed on device.

Note

• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8100series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.

See Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer

to enable Wireless Direct.

3. Enter password.

293

Your device is connected to the printer.

Note

• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.

Check by one of the following methods.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

• Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device to the printer via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for the printer.

• If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to connect to the printer.

Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your wireless communication device and select Yes.

Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct

Connect a device and the printer and start printing/scanning.

Note

• For more on printing or scanning from a device via wireless LAN, refer to the device's or application's instruction manual.

• You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.

Download it from App Store and Google Play.

For iOS

For Android

Changing Wireless Direct Setting

Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Settings.

294

4. Select Device settings.

5. Select LAN settings.

6. Select Wireless Direct.

7. Select a setting item.

• To change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct

Select A to display the setting screen of the identifier (SSID).

The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.

Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).

1. Select the entry field.

2. Enter the identifier (SSID) (up to 32 characters).

3. Select Auto update or OK.

Selecting OK finishes specifying the identifier (SSID).

Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/ password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.

• To change the password for Wireless Direct

Select B to display the setting screen of the password.

Follow the procedure below to change the password.

1. Select the entry field.

2. Enter the password (up to 10 characters).

3. Select Auto update or OK.

Selecting OK finishes specifying the password.

Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/ password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.

• To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the printer

295

Select C to display the confirmation screen. If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi direct compatible device is connecting to the printer, select Yes.

Important

• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should not change the setting from the default.

• To check the current Wireless Direct settings

Select D to display the confirmation screen. To check the current Wireless Direct settings, select

Yes.

Note

• If you select Print details, you can print the network settings.

8. Press HOME button.

The HOME screen is displayed.

Note

• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the device.

296

Printing Using Operation Panel

Printing Photo Data

Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper

Disc Label Printing

297

Printing Photo Data

Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card

Basic

Special Photo Menu

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel

298

Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card

You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.

This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2.

Load photo paper.

3. Select Print on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Select Memory card.

The memory card print menus are displayed.

5. Select Select photo print.

6.

Insert memory card into card slot.

The photo selection screen is displayed.

Note

• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo selection screen is displayed.

• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved. is displayed on the touch screen.

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.

7. Specify settings as necessary.

• To select the photo to print:

Flick horizontally to select the photo.

You can also select the photo by tapping "A".

299

You can print a copy of the displayed photo by touching the Color button.

• To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:

Select near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.

A. Total number of copies

Total number of copies is displayed.

When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the number of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change the number of copies for each photo.

B. Number of copies

Specify the number of copies.

I. Flick vertically to specify the number of copies.

300

Select to display the photo selection screen.

J. Specify the number of copies.

Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.

Note

• You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print and specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.

C. Switching group

Select to switch the photo group.

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

D. Settings

Select to display the Settings screen.

You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.

For more on the setting items:

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel

E. Comparing photos

Select to display two photos side-by-side.

301

For more on the display method:

Using Useful Display Functions

F. Zooming in

Select to zoom in on the photo.

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

G. Date specification

Select photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

H. Multi display

Select to display the multiple photos at once.

302

For more on the display method:

Using Useful Display Functions

8. Touch Color button.

The printer starts printing.

Note

• Touch the Stop button to cancel printing.

• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).

Adding Print Job

Adding Print Job

You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.

Follow the procedure below to add the print job.

1. Flick photo while printing to select next photo.

Note

• While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.

• The reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.

2. Specify the number of copies for each photo.

Note

• While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the print job.

3. Touch Color button.

The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.

If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.

303

Note

• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print from the computer or other devices.

• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.

• If you touch the Stop button while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel reservation is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.

• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the

operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.

304

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel

You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the memory card.

Print Settings Screen

How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu.

In Select photo print or Slide show:

The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings.

In Trimming print:

The following screen is displayed before printing.

Setting Items

Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the setting.

Note

• Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the setting items in Photo print.

The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed.

• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed

305

on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting.

• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or the printer is turned off.

You can specify the following setting items.

Page size

Select the page size of the loaded paper.

Type (Media type)

Select the media type of the loaded paper.

Paper src

Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.

Note

• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.

Print qlty (Print quality)

Select print quality according to the photo.

Border (Bordered/Borderless print)

Select bordered or borderless print.

Photo fix

When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.

Note

• As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.

• If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.

Red-EyeCorrection

Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.

Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be corrected.

Print date

Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.

Note

• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user

settings under Device settings under Settings.

306

Device user settings

307

Disc Label Printing

Copying Label Side of Disc

Basic

Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label

308

Copying Label Side of Disc

You can copy the label of an existing BD/DVD/CD and print it on a printable disc.

Important

• You cannot print on 3.15 inches / 8 cm printable discs.

• Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed. Doing so can damage the printer.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Copy on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Disc label.

The print area setting screen is displayed.

4. Specify print area.

A. Specify the outer circle.

B. Specify the inner circle.

Note

• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter.

• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.

5. Specify the amount of ink.

If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.

309

6. Follow on-screen instructions to load copy source BD/DVD/CD on platen glass and select

OK.

The print setting confirmation screen is displayed.

Important

• Be sure to load the copy source BD/DVD/CD with its label side down on the center of the Platen

Glass. If you load it near the edge of the Platen Glass, part of the image may be cut off.

7. After checking print settings, touch Color button for color copying, or Black button for black

& white copying.

8. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.

310

Note

• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.

• For more on setting the printable disc:

Placing a Printable Disc

9. Select OK.

The printer starts copying.

Note

• Touch the Stop button to cancel copying.

• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.

• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings under Device settings.

Print settings

311

Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label

You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc.

Important

• You cannot print on 3.15 inches / 8 cm printable discs.

• Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed. Doing so can damage the printer.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select Print on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Select Memory card.

The memory card print menus are displayed.

4. Select Print photos to disc label.

The print area setting screen is displayed.

5.

Insert memory card into card slot.

Note

• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo selection screen in Select photo print is displayed.

To display the HOME screen, touch the HOME button.

• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved. is displayed on the touch screen.

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.

6. Specify print area.

312

A. Specify the outer circle.

B. Specify the inner circle.

Note

• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter.

• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.

7. Specify the amount of ink.

If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.

8. Select a photo you want to print.

Note

• Other Options

Using Useful Display Functions

9. Specify print area with trimming.

A. Drag to position the trimming frame.

B. Drag to set the trimming frame size.

When the area to be cropped is specified, the print setting confirmation screen is displayed.

313

10. Check print settings and touch Color button.

11. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.

Note

• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.

• For more on setting the printable disc:

Placing a Printable Disc

12. Select OK.

The printer starts printing.

Note

• Touch the Stop button to cancel printing.

• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.

• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings under Device settings.

Print settings

314

Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper

You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.

Printable template forms

Printing template forms

Printable template forms

The following templates are available:

Notebook paper

You can select three line spacing formats.

Setting on the touch screen:

Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)

Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)

Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)

Note

• You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.

Graph paper

You can select two square sizes.

Setting on the touch screen:

Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)

Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)

Note

• You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper.

Checklist

You can print a notepad with checkboxes.

Setting on the touch screen:

Checklist

315

Staff paper

You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.

Setting on the touch screen:

Staff paper 1 (10 staves)

Staff paper 2 (12 staves)

Handwriting paper

You can print handwriting paper.

Setting on the touch screen:

Handwriting paper (3 lines)

Weekly schedule

You can print a weekly schedule form.

Setting on the touch screen:

Weekly schedule (vertical)

Monthly schedule

You can print a monthly schedule form.

Setting on the touch screen:

Monthly schedule(calendar)

Printing template forms

Print template form following the procedure below.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2.

Load A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.

3. Select Print on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

316

4. Select Templates.

5. Select template you want to print.

Printable template forms

6. Specify settings as necessary.

You can specify the following setting items.

Copies

Specify the number of copies.

Page size

Select the page size depending on the loaded paper.

Note

• Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected, and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting.

Type (Media type)

The paper type is set to Plain paper.

Paper src

Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.

Note

• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.

2-sidedPrintSetting

Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.

7. Start printing.

Press the Color button for printing following forms.

317

Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)

Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)

Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)

Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)

Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)

Handwriting paper (3 lines)

Press the Black button for printing following forms.

Checklist

Staff paper 1 (10 staves)

Staff paper 2 (12 staves)

Weekly schedule (vertical)

Monthly schedule(calendar)

318

Paper Settings

By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.

Note

• The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the printer and when you print using the printer driver.

Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting

After loading paper:

When you close the feed slot cover:

The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.

Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.

319

When you insert the cassette:

The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed.

Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.

* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.

Important

• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or on the touch screen:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the paper information registered to the printer:

Ex:

• Paper setting for printing or copying: A5

• Paper information registered to the printer: A4

320

When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.

Selecting OK on the touch screen displays the paper setting specified for printing or copying under the message.

Check the message and select OK. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of the operations below.

Note

• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.

Print with the loaded paper.

Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.

For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information registered to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing or copying with A5 on the paper loaded.

321

Replace the paper and print

Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.

For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper before you start printing or copying.

The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and closing the feed slot cover or inserting the cassette. Register the paper information according to the paper that you loaded.

Note

• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, check the paper size and the media type and register them to the printer.

• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or on the touch screen:

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

Cancel

Cancels printing.

Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper settings and try printing again.

Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting

When you print using the operation panel of the printer:

The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.

To change the display setting when you copy or print using the operation panel of the printer:

Feed settings

When you print from Windows:

The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.

To change the display setting:

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

When you print from Mac OS:

The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.

To change the display setting:

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

Important

• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:

The printer starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the paper information registered to the printer are different.

322

Copying

Making Copies Basics

Two-Sided Copying

Reducing/Enlarging Copies

Special Copy Menu

Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet

323

Making Copies

This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy.

1.

Make sure printer is turned on.

2.

Load paper.

3. Select Copy on the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Select Standard copy.

The Copy standby screen is displayed.

5.

Load original on platen glass.

6. Specify settings as necessary.

A. The copy layout is displayed.

Switch the layout from (single-sided),

B. Specify the number of copies.

(2-on-1), (two-sided).

324

F. Flick to specify the number of copies.

G. Specify the number of copies.

If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.

C. Display the print setting items.

For more on the setting items:

Setting Items for Copying

D. Preview an image of the printout on the preview screen.

For details:

Displaying Preview Screen

E. Specify the page size.

325

7. Press Color button for color copying, or Black button for black & white copying.

The printer starts copying.

Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete.

Important

• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed.

Note

• To cancel copying, touch the Stop button.

Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)

You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).

The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.

Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as the one which you previously pressed.

Important

• When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently.

Note

• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.

326

• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media type cannot be changed.

• If you touch the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.

• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.

Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait a while, and then try copying again.

• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen when scanning, select OK and touch the Stop button to cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have not been finished copying.

327

Setting Items for Copying

You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.

Print Settings Screen

Note

• For more on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.

How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu.

• In Standard copy:

The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings on the Copy standby screen.

• In Borderless copy, Frame erase copy, or ID card copy:

The following screen is displayed before copying.

Setting Items

Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the setting.

Note

• Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the setting items in Copy.

The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.

For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.

328

• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting.

• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.

• When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified

function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the setting, following the on-screen instructions.

Following setting items can be changed.

Magnif. (Magnification)

Specify the reduction/enlargement method.

Reducing/Enlarging Copies

Intensity

Specify the intensity.

A. Activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.

When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the platen glass.

B. Drag to specify the intensity.

Page size

Select the page size of the loaded paper.

Type (Media type)

Select the media type of the loaded paper.

Paper src

Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.

Note

• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.

Print qlty (Print quality)

329

Adjust print quality according to the original.

Important

• If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select

Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.

• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white.

Layout

Select the layout.

Copying Two Pages onto Single Page

Copying Four Pages onto Single Page

2-sidedPrintSetting

Select whether to perform two-sided copying.

Two-Sided Copying

330

Scanning

Scanning from Computer (Windows)

Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)

Scanning from Operation Panel Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet

331

Scanning from Computer (Windows)

Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)

IJ Scan Utility Features

Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)

Basics

Scanning Documents and Photos

Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)

Scanning Tips

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

Network Scan Settings

IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen

332

Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)

IJ Scan Utility Features

Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)

Basics

Scanning Documents and Photos

333

IJ Scan Utility Features

Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.

Multiple Scanning Modes

Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.

Note

• For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.

Save Scanned Images Automatically

Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.

Note

• The default save folders are as follows.

Windows 10/Windows 8.1:

Documents folder

Windows 7:

My Documents folder

• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.

Application Integration

Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.

334

Note

• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.

335

Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)

Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen.

Important

• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames

(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.

• Photos with a whitish background

• Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items

• Thin items

• Thick items

1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.

2. Place items on platen.

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

3. Start IJ Scan Utility.

4. Click Auto.

Scanning starts.

Note

• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.

• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make advanced scan settings.

• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.

Scanning Documents and Photos

Scanning with Favorite Settings

336

Scanning Documents and Photos

Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.

Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.

1. Place the item on the platen.

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

2. Start IJ Scan Utility.

3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each item in the Settings dialog box.

Note

• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning from the next time.

• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.

When setting is completed, click OK.

4. Click Document or Photo.

Scanning starts.

Note

• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.

337

Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)

What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?

Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

Scanning in Basic Mode

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens

General Notes (Scanner Driver)

Important

• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.

338

What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?

ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the output size, image corrections, and other settings.

ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)

Features

Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to scan in a specific color tone.

Screens

There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.

Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.

Note

• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.

• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.

Basic Mode

Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps ( , , and

).

339

Advanced Mode

Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, and other settings.

340

Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start

ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.

Note

• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.

Starting from IJ Scan Utility

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for

"Starting IJ Scan Utility."

2. In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.

The ScanGear screen appears.

Starting from Application

The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.

1. Start application.

2. On application's menu, select machine.

Note

• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.

3. Scan document.

The ScanGear screen appears.

341

Scanning in Basic Mode

Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.

To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).

When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.

Important

• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.

(Thumbnail)

• Photos with a whitish background

• Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents

• Thin documents

• Thick documents

• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.

• Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square

• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes

Note

• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex scanning support.

1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

2. Set Select Source to match your document.

342

Important

• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the application's manual.

Note

• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).

3. Click Preview.

Preview image appears in the Preview area.

Important

Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.

Note

• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.

4. Set Destination.

Note

• Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.

5. Set Output Size.

Output size options vary with the selected Destination.

6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.

Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.

Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

343

7. Set Image corrections as needed.

8. Click Scan.

Scanning starts.

Note

• Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the current scan settings.

• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after

scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.

Related Topic

Basic Mode Tab

344

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens

Basic Mode Tab

Advanced Mode Tab

345

Basic Mode Tab

Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.

This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

(2) Toolbar

(3) Preview Area

Note

• The displayed items vary by document type and view.

• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

Select Source

Photo (Color)

Scan color photos.

Magazine (Color)

Scan color magazines.

Document (Color)

Scan documents in color.

Document (Grayscale)

Scan documents in black and white.

Document (Color) ADF Simplex

Scan documents from the ADF in color.

Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex

Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.

Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)

Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.

346

Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)

Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.

Important

• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the application's manual.

Note

• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.

• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.

• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.

Display Preview Image

Preview

Performs a trial scan.

Note

• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a while until the preview image appears.

Destination

Select what you want to do with the scanned image.

Print

Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.

Image display

Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.

OCR

Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.

"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be edited in word processors and other programs.

347

Output Size

Select an output size.

Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.

Flexible

Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.

In thumbnail view:

Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually.

In whole image view:

When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.

Paper Size (such as L or A4)

Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio.

Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)

Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio.

Add/Delete...

Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.

In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected, along with the predefined items.

Adding:

Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or

mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.

Deleting:

Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.

348

Important

• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.

Note

• Save up to 10 items.

• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range.

Note

• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see

Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.

Invert aspect ratio

Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.

Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.

Adjust cropping frames

Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.

If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.

Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

Image corrections

Correct the image to be scanned.

Important

Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.

Note

• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.

Apply Auto Document Fix

Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.

Important

• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.

• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan.

• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.

Correct fading

Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.

Reduce gutter shadow

Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

349

Important

• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using this function.

Color Pattern...

Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.

Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern

Important

• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.

Perform Scan

Scan

Starts scanning.

Note

• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.

Preferences...

Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.

Close

Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).

(2) Toolbar

Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.

In thumbnail view:

In whole image view:

(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)

Switches the view in the Preview area.

(3) Preview Area

(Rotate Left)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.

• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

350

(Rotate Right)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.

• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.

• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Auto Crop)

Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the

Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame.

(Check All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Uncheck All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Select All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.

(Select All Cropping Frames)

Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.

Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.

(Remove Cropping Frame)

Removes the selected cropping frame.

(Information)

Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan settings.

(Open Guide)

Opens this page.

(3) Preview Area

This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color adjustments, and other settings made in

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.

351

When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:

Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.

Note

• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.

• Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.

• Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected

Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.

• Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.

• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its original state.

When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:

Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned.

352

Note

• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.

Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

Related Topic

Scanning in Basic Mode

353

Advanced Mode Tab

This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone.

This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

(2) Toolbar

(3) Preview Area

Note

• The displayed items vary by document type and view.

• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

Favorite Settings

You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and

Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default settings.

Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.

354

Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.

When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items.

To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List.

Note

• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.

• Save up to 10 items.

Input Settings

Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.

Output Settings

Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.

Image Settings

Enable/disable various image correction functions.

Color Adjustment Buttons

Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve).

Zoom

Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its nonmagnified state.

In thumbnail view:

When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected frame. Click frame.

(Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next

Note

• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its original state.

In whole image view:

Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.

355

Note

Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.

• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the resolution of the displayed image will be low.

Preview

Performs a trial scan.

Scan

Starts scanning.

Note

• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.

• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.

Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).

• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.

To continue, scan in whole image view.

Preferences...

Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.

Close

Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).

(2) Toolbar

Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.

356

In thumbnail view:

In whole image view:

(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)

Switches the view in the Preview area.

(3) Preview Area

(Clear)

Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.

It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.

(Crop)

Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.

(Move Image)

Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.

(Enlarge/Reduce)

Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.

(Rotate Left)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.

• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Rotate Right)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.

• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.

• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Auto Crop)

Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the

Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame.

(Check All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

357

(Uncheck All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Select All Frames)

Available when two or more frames are displayed.

Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.

(Select All Cropping Frames)

Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.

Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.

(Remove Cropping Frame)

Removes the selected cropping frame.

(Information)

Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan settings.

(Open Guide)

Opens this page.

(3) Preview Area

This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color adjustments, and other settings made in

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.

When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:

Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.

358

Note

• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.

• Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.

• Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected

Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.

• Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.

When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:

Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned.

Note

• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.

Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

Related Topic

Scanning in Advanced Mode

Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode

359

General Notes (Scanner Driver)

ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.

Scanner Driver Restrictions

• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the

TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's administrator for help.

• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.

• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.

• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these steps and scan again.

1. Turn off the machine.

2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.

3. Turn on the machine.

• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,

ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.

• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.

• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time.

• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than usual.

• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full-color.

• ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.

• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.

Applications with Restrictions on Use

• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's manual and change the settings accordingly.

• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).

• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import the saved files from the Insert menu.

• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click

Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not be scanned correctly.

• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.

360

• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system's virtual memory and retry.

• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case, cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.

361

Scanning Tips

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

Network Scan Settings

IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen

362

Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

This section describes how to load originals on the platen for scanning. If items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.

Important

• Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.

• Close the document cover when scanning.

Placing Items

Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.

Important

• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.

• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.

• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.

Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents

Single item:

Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

Place the item face-down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow

(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

Important

• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.

Important

• For the portions in which items cannot be scan-

ned, see Loading Originals

.

363

Multiple items:

Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

0.4 inch (1 cm) or more

Note

• Place up to 12 items.

• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.

364

Network Scan Settings

You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer.

Important

• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.

Note

• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD-ROM or by following the instructions our website.

• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.

Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.

Specifying Your Scanner or Printer

Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner, you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.

Important

• If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also changes.

If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network

Scanner Selector EX.

Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.

• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector

EX beforehand.

1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.

If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.

Note

• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to start.

Windows 10:

From the Start menu, click All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector

EX2.

Windows 8.1:

Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.

365

If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the

Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX".

Windows 7:

From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner

Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.

The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.

2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2), then select Settings....

The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.

3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.

Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In that case, you do not need to select it again.

Important

• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can select one scanner per model.

4. Click OK.

Note

• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the Scanfrom-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.

Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility

To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status between it and the computer.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product

Name.

3. Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.

4. Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.

The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.

366

Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.

5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.

The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.

Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel

You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.

Important

• Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.

Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility

1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.

If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.

Note

• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to start.

Windows 10:

From the Start menu, click All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector

EX2.

Windows 8.1:

Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.

If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the

Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX".

Windows 7:

From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner

Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.

The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.

2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2), then select Settings....

The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.

3. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.

The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.

367

4. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.

Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.

Note

• When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.

5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.

Note

• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.

• MP Drivers is installed

• Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers

• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled

If the problem is still not solved, see

Network Communication Problems

.

368

Frequently Asked Questions

Network

Print

Cannot Find Printer on Network

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN

Network Key Unknown

Cannot Print or Connect

For other questions about network,

click here

.

Printing Does Not Start

Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)

Cannot Print or Connect

Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)

Installation

An Error Occurs

Message (Support Code) Appears

Error

Examples of Problems

Printer Does Not Work

Power Does Not Come On

Power Shuts Off By Itself

Display on Touch Screen Is Off

USB Connection Problems

Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB

Printing Does Not Start

Copying/Printing Stops

Cannot Print Using AirPrint

Printing Is Slow

No Ink Comes Out

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error

Cannot Print on Disc Label

Automatic Duplex Printing Problems

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

Scanning Problems (Windows)

369

Scanning Problems (Mac OS)

Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)

Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS)

Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet

Cannot Set Correctly (Network)

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used

Network Key Unknown

Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown

Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings

Message Appears on Computer During Setup

Checking Network Information

Restoring to Factory Defaults

Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)

Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)

Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows)

Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)

Error or Message Appears

An Error Occurs

Message (Support Code) Appears

Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device

List of Support Code for Error

IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)

IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (Mac OS)

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)

Operation Problems

Network Communication Problems

Printing Problems

Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet

Scanning Problems (Windows)

Scanning Problems (Mac OS)

Mechanical Problems

Installation and Download Problems

Errors and Messages

If You Cannot Solve a Problem

370

Network Settings and Common Problems

Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to use.

Wireless LAN

Wireless Direct

Wireless LAN

Cannot Find Printer

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen

Cannot Find Printer after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup

Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup

Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup

Another Printer Found with Same Name

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Cannot Print or Connect

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used

Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings

Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device

Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect

Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router

Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection

Cannot Print or Connect

LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings

Network Key Unknown

Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown

Checking Network Information

Restoring to Factory Defaults

Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key

Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet

Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function

Default Network Settings

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection

Printing Network Settings

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Checking Status Code

371

Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet

Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect

Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router

Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet

Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet

Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet

Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY

Problems while Using Printer

Message Appears on Computer During Setup

Printing Is Slow

Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)

Wireless Direct

Cannot Print or Connect

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used

Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device

Cannot Print or Connect

LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings

Network Key Unknown

Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown

Checking Network Information

Restoring to Factory Defaults

Printing Network Settings

Default Network Settings

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Checking Status Code

Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet

Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet

Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY

Problems while Using Printer

Message Appears on Computer During Setup

Printing Is Slow

Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

372

Network Communication Problems

Cannot Find Printer on Network

Network Connection Problems

Other Network Problems

373

Cannot Find Printer on Network

While performing printer setup:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup

(Windows)

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen

While using printer:

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN

374

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Setup (Windows)

If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by

Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.

If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Power Status

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking PC Network Connection

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless LAN Environment

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Printer's IP Address

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Security Software Settings

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless Router Settings

375

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status

Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Confirming that the Power Is On

Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.

If printer or network device is off:

Turn on printer or network device.

It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.

Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer

Settings screen to redetect the printer.

If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.

If printer and network device are on:

If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.

If above does not solve the problem:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking PC Network Connection

376

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection

Can you view any web pages on your computer?

Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected to the network.

If you cannot view any web pages:

Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.

After that, configure the computer and network device.

For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or contact their manufacturers.

If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.

If above does not solve the problem:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless LAN Environment

377

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wireless LAN

Settings

Is printer set to allow wireless communication?

Make sure the or icon is displayed on the touch screen.

If icon is not displayed:

The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.

If icon is displayed:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless LAN Environment

378

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless LAN

Environment

Is printer connected to wireless router?

Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.

If icon is displayed:

• Checking wireless router location

After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the wireless router.

The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close enough to the wireless router to be used.

Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.

In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.

Note

• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.

• Checking wireless router settings

379

The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz bandwidth. Make sure the wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth.

Important

• Depending on the wireless router, note that different SSID is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters at the end of

SSID.

Check the SSID of the wireless router for the printer on the touch screen.

Select the icon on the lower left, select Yes, and then check SSID.

For more on the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.

If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.

If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to the wireless router.

After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.

If icon is displayed:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Printer's IP Address

380

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address

Is printer's IP address specified correctly?

If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's

IP address is not used for another device.

To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

If the IP address is not specified correctly:

See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.

If the IP address is specified correctly:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Security Software Settings

381

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software

Settings

Disable block in firewall function temporarily.

The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.

If firewall interferes with setup:

If message appears:

If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the security software to allow access.

After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.

If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.

If no message appears:

Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network.

The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM

After setting the security software, redo the network communication setup from the beginning.

After setup is completed, enable firewall.

Note

• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.

If above does not solve the problem:

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-

Checking Wireless Router Settings

382

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During

Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings

Check wireless router settings.

Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, encryption key, and DHCP function.

Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the printer.

To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.

After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.

If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.

383

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen

If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.

Check1

Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.

Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the back of the printer.

Important

• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.

Check2

Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.

Important

• For Mac OS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.

If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password are necessary to unlock.)

1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.

2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn it off.

3. Turn on printer.

Check3

If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall MP Drivers.

• For Windows:

1. Click Cancel.

2. Click Back to Top on Setup Canceled screen.

3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.

384

4. Turn off printer.

5. Restart computer.

6. Make sure you have no application software running.

7. Perform setup on web page.

Note

• You can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.

• For Mac OS:

1. Click Next.

◦ If the screen telling you that installation has not been completed appears, click Abort on displayed screen and finish setup.

◦ If the Connection failed. screen appears:

1. Click Next.

2. Click Next on displayed screen.

3. Click Back to Top on Select Printer screen.

4. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.

3. Turn off printer.

4. Restart computer.

5. Make sure you have no application software running.

6. Perform setup on web page.

385

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN

Check1

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Check2

Check the (Network status) icon on the touch screen.

If the icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.

Select Active on WLAN active/inactive in Wireless LAN under LAN settings.

If the icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.

Check3

Make sure printer setup is complete.

If it is not, perform setup.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For Mac OS:

Perform setup from the web page.

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the web page.

For Windows

For Mac OS

Check4

Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.

Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.

To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.

Note

• Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the SSID set for the printer with that for

2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.

To check the SSID set for the printer, print out the network setting information.

386

Printing Network Settings

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check5

Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.

Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.

In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.

Note

• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.

Check6

Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer and wireless router as necessary.

Check the signal strength on the touch screen.

Using the Operation Panel

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check7

Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.

387

For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.

Note

• If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.

Check8

Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)

If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.

Check9

Make sure security software's firewall is off.

If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.

If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs use a firewall by default.

Check10

If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)

If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For Mac OS:

Perform setup from the web page.

388

Network Connection Problems

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used

Network Key Unknown

Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its

Settings

389

Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used

Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change

Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN

Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct

Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network

Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change

It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.

Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.

Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN

Check1

Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and smartphone/tablet.

Turn on the printer or devices.

If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.

It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.

For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.

Check2

Can you view any web pages on your computer?

Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.

For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.

Check3

Is the printer connected to the wireless router?

Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the

icon is not displayed, wireless LAN is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.

Check4

Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.

Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.

390

To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.

To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.

Printing Network Settings

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check5

Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.

Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless

LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.

In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.

Note

• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.

Check6

Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.

Check the signal strength on the touch screen.

Using the Operation Panel

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

391

Check7

Make sure you are using a valid channel.

Usable wireless channels may be limited depending on wireless network device used by your computer. See the instruction manual provided with your computer or wireless network device to check usable wireless channels.

Check8

Check 7.

Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in

If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.

Check9

Make sure security software's firewall is off.

If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.

If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs use a firewall by default.

Check10

If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)

If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For Mac OS:

Perform setup from the web page.

Positioning:

Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the printer.

Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct

Check1

Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).

Turn on the printer or devices.

If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.

Check2

Is the icon displayed on the touch screen?

If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.

Check3

Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).

392

Make sure wireless LAN is enabled on your device.

For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.

Check4

tablet).

Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or

Select the identifier for Wireless Direct (SSID) specified for the printer as the connection destination for devices.

Check the destination on your device.

For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.

To check the identifier for wireless direct (SSID) specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Check5

Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?

To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Check6

Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.

Place the device and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.

In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.

Place devices a suitable distance from the printer.

Check7

Make sure 5 devices are already connected.

Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.

Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network

393

Check1

Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.

For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.

Check2

If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)

Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.

Check3

Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.

For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.

Note

• To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see

Checking Computer IP Address or MAC

Address .

394

Network Key Unknown

WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect

Setting an Encryption Key

WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot

Connect

For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Setting an Encryption Key

For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

395

Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.

Using WPA/WPA2

The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.

Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router (a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters, or a 64-character hexadecimal number).

Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic encryption method.

For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.

Note

• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-

Personal).

Using WEP

The key length, key format, key to use (one of 1 to 4), and authentication method must be the same for the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.

To communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you must set the printer to use the key generated by the wireless router, entering it in hexadecimal format.

◦ For Windows:

When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings

(Wireless LAN) screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the WEP key length, format, and the number.

For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.

Note

• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:

If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless

Security of AirPort Utility.

• Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station.

• Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with printer via the wireless router.

396

Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or

Changing Its Settings

When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For Mac OS:

Perform setup from the web page.

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For Mac OS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

If this does not solve the problem, see below.

Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on

Wireless Router

With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless

Router

Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address

Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router

Check1

Check wireless router setting.

To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this setting.

397

Check2

If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.

Check3

If using WPA/WPA2 or WEP key, make sure encryption key for computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.

Not only the WEP key itself, but also the key length, key format, the key ID to use, and the authentication method must be the same for the printer, the wireless router, and the computer.

For details, see Setting an Encryption Key .

With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After

Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router

If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the printer.

Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on

Wireless Router

398

Other Network Problems

Checking Network Information

Restoring to Factory Defaults

399

Checking Network Information

Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address

Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address

Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router

Checking Network Setting Information

Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address

To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.

Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen

You can display the printer's MAC address on the touch screen.

System information

Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address

To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.

• For Windows:

1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.

In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.

In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".

In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.

The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a network, the IP address does not appear.

• For Mac OS:

1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.

2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.

400

Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.

3. Check the IP address or MAC address.

Click TCP/IP to check the IP address.

Click Hardware to check the MAC address.

Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the

Wireless Router

Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.

• For Windows:

1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.

In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.

In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".

In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

2. Type the ping command and press Enter.

The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.

If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.

Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255

If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.

• For Mac OS:

1. Start Network Utility as shown below.

Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >

CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.

2. Click Ping.

3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.

4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping.

5. Click Ping.

"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.

A message such as the following appears.

64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms

64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms

64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms

--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---

401

3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss

If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating with target device.

Checking Network Setting Information

To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

402

Restoring to Factory Defaults

Important

• For Windows:

Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For Mac OS:

Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, redo setup from the web page.

Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.

Reset setting

403

Printing Problems

Printing Does Not Start

No Ink Comes Out

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error

Cannot Print on Disc Label

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

404

Printing Does Not Start

Check1

Make sure printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn it on.

The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.

Note

• If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.

Check2

Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.

When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the following:

• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact the vendor of the relay device.

• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.

If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.

Note

• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the web page.

For Windows

For Mac OS

Check3

Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.

If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears on the touch screen. Follow the instructions on the touch screen to solve the problem.

Note

• You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.

• To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:

Device user settings

• To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:

Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)

Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)

Check4

If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.

405

• For Windows:

Deleting the Undesired Print Job

• For Mac OS:

Deleting the Undesired Print Job

Check5

Make sure that the paper output tray is at the normal print position.

While printing other than disc label printing, pull out the paper output tray to the normal print position. If the paper output tray is at the disc label print position, pull out it to the normal print position and select OK on the touch screen.

Check6

Are Media Type and Page Size settings of printer driver correct?

When using non Canon genuine specialty paper, be sure to select the proper media type or page size correctly in the printer driver.

Check the settings following the instructions below and retry the printing.

• For Windows:

1. Make sure either A4 (Art Paper Margin 35) or Letter (Art Paper Margin 35) is selected in application.

If the page size you want to use is not displayed, open the File menu of the application and select

Print. Then make sure the name of your printer is selected.

2. Make sure that the paper selected for Media Type in the Main sheet of printer driver matches paper loaded in printer.

3. Make sure Page Size setting in Page Setup sheet of printer driver is same as size set in step 1.

• For Mac OS:

1. Make sure either A4 (Art Paper Margin 35) or US Letter (Art Paper Margin 35) is selected in application.

If the page size you want to use is not displayed, open the File menu of the application and select

Print. Then make sure the name of your printer is selected.

2. Make sure paper selected for Media Type in Print dialog of printer driver matches paper loaded in printer.

3. Make sure Paper Size setting in Page Setup dialog of printer driver is same as size set in step 1.

Check7

Is your printer's printer driver is selected when printing?

The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.

• For Windows:

Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.

Note

• To make the printer the one selected by default, select Set as Default Printer.

• For Mac OS:

Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.

406

Note

• To make the printer the one selected by default, select the printer for Default printer.

Check8

Is print data extremely large? (Windows)

Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears.

* This may reduce print quality.

Check9

If printing from your computer, restart computer.

407

No Ink Comes Out

Check1

Has ink run out?

Open the scanning unit / cover and check the ink status on the touch screen.

Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen

Check2

Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?

Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).

If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.

Check3

Are the print head nozzles clogged?

Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.

For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see

If Printing

Is Faint or Uneven

.

• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:

Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.

If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.

• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:

Perform print head deep cleaning.

If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.

• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:

If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

408

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error

Check1

Make sure paper is loaded.

Loading Paper

Check2

When loading paper, consider the following.

• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.

• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.

However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.

• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.

• When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper guides with the paper stack.

Loading Paper

• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.

• When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front paper guides with the paper stack.

Loading Paper

Check3

Is paper too thick or curled?

Unsupported Media Types

Check4

When loading postcards or envelopes, consider the following:

• If a postcard is curled, it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.

Load Japanese postcards with their postcode column downward on the rear tray.

• When printing on envelopes, see

Loading Envelopes

, and prepare the envelopes before printing.

Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.

Check5

Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.

Check6

Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.

409

If the paper tears in the rear tray, see

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)

to remove it.

If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply, then remove the foreign object.

Note

• If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.

Check7

Clean paper feed roller.

Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers

Note

• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.

Check8

cassette.

If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of

410

Cleaning Cassette Pads

Check9

Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?

See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.

If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

411

Cannot Print on the Disc Label

Disc Label Printing Does Not Start

Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly

Disc Tray Jammed

Disc Label Printing Does Not Start

Check1

Is disc tray placed properly?

Place the disc tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.

Use the disc tray supplied with this printer ("M" is on the upper side).

For more on placing the disc tray, see

Placing a Printable Disc .

Check2

Is printable disc placed on disc tray?

Place the printable disc on the disc tray properly and select OK on the touch screen.

Use the disc tray supplied with this printer ("M" is on the upper side).

For more on placing the disc tray, see

Placing a Printable Disc .

Check3

If disc label printing stops before it is complete, try operation again.

If a certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress, the printer stops initializing.

To resume initializing, select OK on the touch screen.

Try the operation again following the on-screen instructions.

Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly

Check1

Is disc tray placed properly?

Place the disc tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.

Make sure you are using the disc tray supplied with the printer ("M" is on the upper side).

For more on placing the disc tray, see

Placing a Printable Disc .

Check2

Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.

Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.

412

Disc Tray Jammed

Pull out the disc tray gently.

If the disc tray cannot be pulled out, turn the printer off and turn it back on again. The disc tray will automatically be ejected.

When the disc tray is pulled out, place the disc tray ("M" is on the upper side) again and retry printing. For

more on placing the disc tray, see Placing a Printable Disc .

If the disc tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.

Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly

413

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first.

Check1

Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?

If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.

If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the printout color.

Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.

In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper.

The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer for.

Copying Check the settings using the operation panel.

Setting Items for Copying

Copying a photo

Printing from memory card

Printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device

Check the settings using the operation panel.

Copying Photos

Check the settings using the operation panel.

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel

Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings

Check the settings using the operation panel.

PictBridge print settings

Printing from your computer (Windows) Check the settings using the printer driver.

Basic Printing Setup

Check2

Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see table above).

Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.

Note

• When printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation panel.

414

This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Check3

If problem is not resolved, check other causes.

See also the sections below:

Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear

Lines Are Misaligned

Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched

Cannot Complete Printing

Vertical Line Next to Image

Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)

Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)

Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)

Ink Blots / Paper Curl

Back of Paper Is Smudged

Uneven or Streaked Colors

415

Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks

Appear

Printing Is Blurry

Colors Are Wrong

416

White Streaks Appear

Check1

Check paper and print quality settings.

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

Check2

Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.

Replacing Ink Tanks

Check3

Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?

Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).

If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.

Check4

Are the print head nozzles clogged?

Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.

For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see

If Printing

Is Faint or Uneven

.

• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:

Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.

If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.

• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:

417

Perform print head deep cleaning.

If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.

• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:

If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Check5

When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side of the paper.

Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.

When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.

Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.

When copying, see also the sections below:

Check6

Is platen glass dirty?

Clean the platen glass.

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover

Check7

Make sure original is properly loaded on platen glass.

Loading Originals

Check8

Is original loaded with side to be copied facing down on platen glass?

Check9

Did you copy a printout done by this printer?

If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original.

Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.

418

Lines Are Misaligned

Check1

Check paper and print quality settings.

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

Check2

Perform print head alignment.

If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.

Aligning the Print Head

Note

• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment manually from your computer.

• For Windows:

Adjusting Print Head Position

• For Mac OS:

Adjusting Print Head Position

Check3

Increase print quality and try printing again.

Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result.

419

Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched

Paper Is Smudged

Smudged Edges Smudged Surface

Printed Surface Is Scratched

Check1

Check paper and print quality settings.

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

Check2

Check paper type.

Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.

Supported Media Types

Check3

Correct curl before loading paper.

We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.

Plain Paper

Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.

Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl. In this case, load the paper with the other side facing up. It may resolve the problem.

Other Paper

If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.

420

1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.

2. Check that paper is now flat.

We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.

Note

• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.

Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing.

This may improve the print result.

(C) Print side

We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.

Check4

Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.

Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.

This may reduce the print speed.

* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.

• From operation panel

Touch the HOME button, select (Setup) icon, Settings, Device settings, and Print settings, and then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON.

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

• From computer

◦ For Windows:

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Open printer driver setup window.

421

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

3. Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.

4. Select Prevent paper abrasion check box and click OK.

◦ For Mac OS:

Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.

Opening Remote UI for Maintenance

Check5

If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again.

If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.

• Printing from your computer (Windows)

Check the intensity setting in the printer driver.

Adjusting Intensity

• Copying

Setting Items for Copying

Check6

Do not print outside recommended printing area.

If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.

Resize the document using application software.

Print Area

Check7

Is platen glass dirty?

Clean the platen glass.

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover

Check8

Is paper feed roller dirty?

Clean paper feed roller.

Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers

Note

• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.

Check9

Is inside of printer dirty?

During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.

Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.

Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

Note

• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.

422

Check10

Set longer ink drying time.

This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.

• For Windows:

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Open printer driver setup window.

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

3. Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.

4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and click OK.

5. Check message and click OK.

• For Mac OS:

Set the waiting time using Remote UI.

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

423

Vertical Line Next to Image

Check

Is loaded paper size correct?

If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin.

Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.

Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

Note

• The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.

• This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning.

Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.

424

Scanning Problems (Windows)

Scanning Problems

425

Scanning Problems

Scanner Does Not Work

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start

426

Scanner Does Not Work

Check 1

Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.

Check 2

Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.

Check 3

If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer.

Check 4

needed.

With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as

Check 5

Restart the computer.

427

ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start

Check 1

Make sure MP Drivers is installed.

If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.

Check 2

Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.

Important

• If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.

Note

• The operation may differ depending on the application.

• Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.

Scanning with WIA Driver

Check 3

Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.

You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.

Check 4

Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application.

428

Mechanical Problems

Power Does Not Come On

Power Shuts Off By Itself

USB Connection Problems

Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB

Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language

429

Power Does Not Come On

Check1

Press ON button.

Check2

Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn it back on.

Check3

on again.

Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn it

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

430

Power Shuts Off By Itself

Check

If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.

If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that time has elapsed.

• To disable the setting from the operation panel:

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Select

3. Select

Setup on the HOME screen.

Settings.

4. Select ECO.

5. Select Energy saving settings.

6. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.

7. Select Auto power off.

8. Select Never.

9. Select OK.

The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.

• To disable the setting from the computer:

For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.

Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

Maintenance tab Description

2. Select printer you are using from pulldown menu and select OK.

The menu screen appears.

3. Select Auto Power.

4. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.

The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.

Note

• Refer to below to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).

Scanner Tab

431

USB Connection Problems

Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not

Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Appears (Windows)

If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of

USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the communication speed.

Check

Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed

USB connection.

• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?

• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?

Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10 feet / 3 meters or so.

• Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?

Install the latest update for your computer.

• Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly?

If necessary, obtain and install the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer.

Important

• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.

432

Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB

Check1

Make sure printer is turned on.

Check2

Connect USB cable properly.

As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.

Important

• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.

Check3

Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)

If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.

Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen

433

Installation and Download Problems

Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)

Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)

434

Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)

If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM:

Follow the instructions below to start the installation.

1. Make the following settings.

◦ In Windows 10, click Start button > File Explorer, and then click This PC from list on left.

◦ In Windows 8.1, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select This PC from list on left.

◦ In Windows 7, click Start, and then click Computer.

2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon in the window that appears.

If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.

If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from the Canon website.

Note

• If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following:

• Remove the CD-ROM from your computer and reinsert it.

• Restart your computer.

If the icon still does not appear, try a different disc and see if it appears. If it does, there is a problem with the Setup CD-ROM. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

435

If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen

Other cases:

Reinstall the MP Drivers.

If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then reinstall the MP Drivers.

Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers

Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.

Note

• If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.

436

Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)

Download the latest MP Drivers.

Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.

Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with wireless LAN

connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.

Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.

Note

• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without redoing settings.

437

Errors and Messages

An Error Occurs

Message (Support Code) Appears

438

An Error Occurs

If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, an error message appears on the computer screen and the touch screen.

When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen (Windows):

When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the touch screen:

A support code and action for the error appears on the touch screen.

For details on how to resolve errors, see

List of Support Code for Error

.

Note

• For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears

.

439

Message (Support Code) Appears

This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear.

Note

• A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see

List of Support Code for Error .

If a message appears on the touch screen, see below.

Message Appears on Touch Screen

If a message appears on the computer, see below.

Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed

Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)

Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)

Other Error Messages (Windows)

Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed (Windows)

Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears (Mac OS)

Message Appears on Touch Screen

Check the message and take an appropriate action.

Data of supported types are not saved.

◦ There is no image data saved on the memory card that can be read by this printer.

◦ The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters.

Use only alphanumeric characters.

◦ Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer.

Note

• When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected, "?" is displayed on the touch screen.

The card is currently writable from PC. Set to [Not writable from PC].

The card slot is set to Writable from USB PC.

You cannot print from the memory card when the card slot is set to Writable from USB PC. After writing on the memory card, select Not writable from PC in Read/write attribute under Device user

settings.

Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the

button when turning power off.

The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.

Select OK on the touch screen.

440

Note

• See

Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.

Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.

The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.

Select OK on the touch screen and try again after a while.

Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed

Check

See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.

Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed

(Windows)

The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.

Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.

The printer starts printing.

See

Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.

Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)

Check1

If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn it on.

The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.

Check2

Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.

If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:

• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.

Contact the vendor of the relay device.

• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.

If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.

441

Check3

Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.

Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.

Check4

When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device status from your computer.

Follow the procedure below to check the device status.

1. Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below.

If User Account Control screen is displayed, follow the on-screen instructions.

• In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Device Manager.

• In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound >

Device Manager.

• In Windows 7, click Control Panel, Hardware and Sound, and Device Manager.

2. Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.

If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is correctly connected to the computer.

Check2

Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.

3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.

If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.

Other Error Messages (Windows)

Check

following:

If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the

• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"

Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.

• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"

Close other applications to increase the available memory.

If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.

• "Printer driver could not be found"

Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.

• "Could not print Application name - File name"

Try printing again once the current job is complete.

442

Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is

Displayed (Windows)

If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a screen appears asking for permission to send the printer and application usage information every month for about ten years.

Read the information on the screen and follow the instructions below.

If you agree to participate in survey program:

Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the

Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear.

Note

• When the information is being sent, a warning such as an Internet security message may appear.

Make sure the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe" and allow it.

• If you clear Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent automatically from next time and a confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.

To send the information automatically, see

Changing confirmation screen setting: .

If you do not agree to participate in survey program:

Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation screen will reappear one month later.

To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:

To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, click Uninstall and follow the on-screen instructions.

443

Changing confirmation screen setting:

1. Make the following settings.

◦ In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Programs and Features.

◦ In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Programs >

Programs and Features.

◦ In Windows 7, select Start menu > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features.

Note

• A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when installing, uninstalling or starting up software.

This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.

If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen instructions.

2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.

3. Select Change.

If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.

If you select No, the information will be sent automatically.

Note

• If you select Uninstall, the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears

(Mac OS)

If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, the printer and application software usage information is sent every month for about ten years. The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax

Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information.

Click the icon, read the information that appears, and then follow the instructions below.

444

If you agree to participate in survey program:

Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the

Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear.

Note

• If you clear the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent automatically the next time and the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey.

If you do not agree to participate in survey program:

Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation screen will reappear one month later.

To stop sending the information:

Click Turn off. This stops the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, and information

is not sent. To resume the survey, see Changing setting: .

To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:

1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.

Changing setting:

445

2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet

Extended Survey Program folder.

3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash.

4. Restart computer.

Empty Trash and restart your computer.

Changing setting:

To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying, follow the procedure below.

1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet

Extended Survey Program folder.

2. Double-click Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon.

Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent:

If the check box is selected, the information will be sent automatically.

If the check box is not selected, Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey. Click the icon and follow the onscreen instructions.

Turn off/Turn on button:

Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.

Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.

446

List of Support Code for Error

Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.

A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.

When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.

Support Code Appears on Touch Screen and Computer Screen

1000 to 1ZZZ

1000

1001 1002

1003 1200

1240

1258 1259 1270

1300 1303 1304

1309 1310

1313 1401

1403 1405

140B 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414

1415 1551 1552

1600 1660

1684

1688 1689

168C

1700

1701 1730

1731 1830 1850 1851 1855 1857

185B 185C 185D 1871 1874

1890

2000 to 2ZZZ

2110

2113 2114 2120 2123 2504

2700

2900 2901

3000 to 3ZZZ

3402 3403 3405 3407 3408 3410

3411 3412 3413 3438 3439 3440

3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446

3447

4000 to 4ZZZ

4100

4103

4104 495A

5000 to 5ZZZ

5011 5012

5050

5100 5200

520E

5400 5700

5B00

5B01 5C02

447

6000 to 6ZZZ

6000

6001 6004 6500 6502 6800

6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900

6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931

6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937

6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944

6945 6946 6951 6960 6A80 6A81

8000 to 8ZZZ

8300

A000 to ZZZZ

B202 B203 B204 B205

C000

For paper jam support codes, see also

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) .

448

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)

If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.

• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:

◦ If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed:

1300

• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:

◦ If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:

1303

◦ If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:

1304

◦ If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:

1313

◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed inside the printer:

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

• Cases other than above:

Other Cases

449

1300

Cause

Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.

What to Do

If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from the rear tray following the instructions below.

1. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.

Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.

Note

• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may be ejected automatically.

• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap

Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.

• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

• If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the paper out from the rear side of the printer.

Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side

2. Reload paper and select OK on printer's touch screen.

The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to the paper jam.

450

If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the printing.

Note

• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.

• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.

If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

451

1303

Cause

Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.

What to Do

1. Remove jammed paper.

• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:

1300

• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

• If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:

Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.

• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side

to open the rear cover and to remove the paper.

2. Load paper in cassette properly.

When you load A4 or Letter-sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.

Loading Paper in the Cassette

2. Perform printing or copying again.

452

1304

Cause

Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.

What to Do

1. Remove jammed paper.

• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:

1300

• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

• If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:

Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.

• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side

to open the rear cover and to remove the paper.

2. Load paper in cassette properly.

When you load A4 or Letter-sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.

Loading Paper in the Cassette

2. Perform printing or copying again.

453

1313

Cause

Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.

What to Do

If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following locations.

• Paper output slot

1300

• Inside of the printer

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open

the rear cover and to remove the paper.

454

Paper Is Jammed inside Printer

If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.

Note

• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.

1. Turn off printer and unplug it.

2. Open scanning unit / cover.

Important

• Do not touch white belt (A).

If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.

3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.

If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.

When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far right or left.

455

4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.

If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.

5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.

Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.

6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.

456

If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and remove any remaining paper.

• Any paper left under the print head holder?

• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?

• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?

7. Close scanning unit / cover.

To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.

All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.

Note

• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.

Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.

If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

457

Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side

Note

• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.

1. Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.

2. Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.

3. Detach rear cover.

Pull out the rear cover.

458

4. Slowly pull out paper.

Note

• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.

If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the paper by following these steps.

1. Detach transport unit cover.

Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.

459

2. Slowly pull out paper.

Note

• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.

3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.

4. Attach transport unit cover.

Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit cover.

460

5. Attach rear cover.

Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the rear cover until it is closed completely.

If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

461

1000

Cause

Possible causes include the following.

• There is no paper in the rear tray.

• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.

What to Do

Take the corresponding actions below.

• Load paper in the rear tray.

• Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the rear tray.

• Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.

After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.

Important

• Be sure to close the feed slot cover after loading paper in the rear tray. If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed.

Note

• After loading paper in the rear tray, the screen for setting rear tray paper information appears. Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.

• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.

462

1003

Cause

Possible causes include the following.

• There is no paper in the cassette.

• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.

What to Do

Take the corresponding actions below.

• Load paper in the cassette.

• Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette.

• Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.

After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.

Note

• Once the cassette is inserted, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.

• The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source.

The loadable paper in the cassette is A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.

• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.

463

1200

Cause

Scanning unit/cover is open.

What to Do

Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.

Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank.

464

1401

Cause

Print head may be damaged.

What to Do

Turn off the printer and turn it back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

465

1600

Cause

Ink may have run out.

What to Do

Replacing the ink tank is recommended.

If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.

Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.

466

1660

Cause

The ink tank cannot be recognized.

What to Do

Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.

Check the ink tank.

If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.

467

1688

Cause

The ink has run out.

What to Do

Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).

Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.

If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. Touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.

With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.

Note

• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.

468

1689

Cause

Printer detected ink out condition.

What to Do

Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).

An ink tank that was once empty is installed.

Printing under the ink out condition may damage the printer.

If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To disable this function, touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.

With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.

Note

• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.

469

1700

Cause

Ink absorber is almost full.

What to Do

Select OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Note

• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.

470

1890

Cause

Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.

What to Do

Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during transportation has been removed.

If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

471

2110

Cause

Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.

Note

• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the touch screen.

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

(Windows)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

(Windows)

• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.

• See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.

Paper Settings

If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the touch screen.

• Print settings specified on the printer driver:

Paper size: A5

Media type: Plain paper

• Cassette paper information set on the printer:

Paper size: A4

Media type: Plain paper

After selecting OK on the touch screen, the print or copy paper settings appear below the message.

472

What to Do

Select OK on the touch screen again to display the screen below.

Select the appropriate action.

Note

• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.

Print with the loaded paper.

Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings.

For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the

A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.

Replace the paper and print

Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.

473

For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.

Once you have inserted the cassette after changing the paper, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.

Note

• If you do not know what paper information to set, tap (Back). The previous screen appears, showing the paper size and media type. Check the paper settings and set them as cassette paper information.

• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the touch screen.

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

(Windows)

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

(Windows)

Cancel

Cancels printing.

Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper settings and retry printing.

Note

• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.

• To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the printer:

Feed settings

• To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:

Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)

Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)

474

2900

Cause

Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.

What to Do

Select OK on the printer's touch screen and check the following.

• Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass.

• Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.

• Make sure the loaded paper is correct.

For print head alignment, load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

• Make sure the print head nozzle is not clogged.

Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.

After checking the above, start over auto print head alignment from the beginning.

If the error is still not resolved, try manual print head alignment.

475

2901

Cause

Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.

What to Do

Scan the printed alignment pattern.

1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass.

Place the printed side down and align the mark in the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .

2. Slowly close the document cover and select OK on printer's touch screen.

The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and automatically adjusts the print head position.

476

4103

Cause

Cannot perform printing with current print settings.

What to Do

Tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing.

Then change the print settings and retry printing.

477

5011

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Turn off printer and unplug it.

Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

478

5012

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Turn off printer and unplug it.

Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

479

5100

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Cancel printing and turn off the printer.

Check the following:

• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during transportation, jammed paper, etc.

Remove any impediment.

• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.

Press ink tanks until they click into place.

Turn the printer back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Important

• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).

If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.

480

5200

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Turn off printer and unplug it.

After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

481

5B00

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Note

• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.

482

6000

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.

List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)

Turn off printer and unplug it.

Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

483

C000

Cause

Printer error has occurred.

What to Do

Cancel printing and turn off the printer.

Check the following:

• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during transportation, jammed paper, etc.

Remove any impediment.

• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.

Press ink tanks until they click into place.

Turn the printer back on.

If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Important

• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).

If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.

484

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents